iam

package module
v1.18.1 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Mar 23, 2022 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 37 Imported by: 586

Documentation

Overview

Package iam provides the API client, operations, and parameter types for AWS Identity and Access Management.

Identity and Access Management Identity and Access Management (IAM) is a web service for securely controlling access to Amazon Web Services services. With IAM, you can centrally manage users, security credentials such as access keys, and permissions that control which Amazon Web Services resources users and applications can access. For more information about IAM, see Identity and Access Management (IAM) (http://aws.amazon.com/iam/) and the Identity and Access Management User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/).

Index

Constants

View Source 
const ServiceAPIVersion = "2010-05-08"
View Source 
const ServiceID = "IAM"

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

func NewDefaultEndpointResolver 

func NewDefaultEndpointResolver() *internalendpoints.Resolver

NewDefaultEndpointResolver constructs a new service endpoint resolver

func WithAPIOptions added in v1.0.0 

func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options)

WithAPIOptions returns a functional option for setting the Client's APIOptions option.

func WithEndpointResolver 

func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options)

WithEndpointResolver returns a functional option for setting the Client's EndpointResolver option.

Types

type AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderInput 

type AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct {

	// The client ID (also known as audience) to add to the IAM OpenID Connect provider
	// resource.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientID *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider
	// resource to add the client ID to. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by
	// using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation.
	//
	// This member is required.
	OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderOutput 

type AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AddRoleToInstanceProfileInput 

type AddRoleToInstanceProfileInput struct {

	// The name of the instance profile to update. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters
	// consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You
	// can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceProfileName *string

	// The name of the role to add. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AddRoleToInstanceProfileOutput 

type AddRoleToInstanceProfileOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AddUserToGroupInput 

type AddUserToGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the group to update. This parameter allows (through its regex
	// pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of
	// upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include
	// any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupName *string

	// The name of the user to add. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AddUserToGroupOutput 

type AddUserToGroupOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AttachGroupPolicyInput 

type AttachGroupPolicyInput struct {

	// The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the group to attach the policy to. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupName *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. For more
	// information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AttachGroupPolicyOutput 

type AttachGroupPolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AttachRolePolicyInput 

type AttachRolePolicyInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. For more
	// information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyArn *string

	// The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the role to attach the policy to. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AttachRolePolicyOutput 

type AttachRolePolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AttachUserPolicyInput 

type AttachUserPolicyInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach. For more
	// information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyArn *string

	// The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user to attach the policy to. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type AttachUserPolicyOutput 

type AttachUserPolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ChangePasswordInput 

type ChangePasswordInput struct {

	// The new password. The new password must conform to the Amazon Web Services
	// account's password policy, if one exists. The regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) that is used to validate this parameter is a
	// string of characters. That string can include almost any printable ASCII
	// character from the space (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range
	// (\u00FF). You can also include the tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and
	// carriage return (\u000D) characters. Any of these characters are valid in a
	// password. However, many tools, such as the Amazon Web Services Management
	// Console, might restrict the ability to type certain characters because they have
	// special meaning within that tool.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NewPassword *string

	// The IAM user's current password.
	//
	// This member is required.
	OldPassword *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ChangePasswordOutput 

type ChangePasswordOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type Client 

type Client struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Client provides the API client to make operations call for AWS Identity and Access Management.

func New 

func New(options Options, optFns ...func(*Options)) *Client

New returns an initialized Client based on the functional options. Provide additional functional options to further configure the behavior of the client, such as changing the client's endpoint or adding custom middleware behavior.

func NewFromConfig 

func NewFromConfig(cfg aws.Config, optFns ...func(*Options)) *Client

NewFromConfig returns a new client from the provided config.

func (*Client) AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider 

func (c *Client) AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProvider(ctx context.Context, params *AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AddClientIDToOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error)

Adds a new client ID (also known as audience) to the list of client IDs already registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource. This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you add an existing client ID to the provider.

func (*Client) AddRoleToInstanceProfile 

func (c *Client) AddRoleToInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *AddRoleToInstanceProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AddRoleToInstanceProfileOutput, error)

Adds the specified IAM role to the specified instance profile. An instance profile can contain only one role, and this quota cannot be increased. You can remove the existing role and then add a different role to an instance profile. You must then wait for the change to appear across all of Amazon Web Services because of eventual consistency (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eventual_consistency). To force the change, you must disassociate the instance profile (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DisassociateIamInstanceProfile.html) and then associate the instance profile (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_AssociateIamInstanceProfile.html), or you can stop your instance and then restart it. The caller of this operation must be granted the PassRole permission on the IAM role by a permissions policy. For more information about roles, see Working with roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). For more information about instance profiles, see About instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html).

func (*Client) AddUserToGroup 

func (c *Client) AddUserToGroup(ctx context.Context, params *AddUserToGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AddUserToGroupOutput, error)

Adds the specified user to the specified group.

func (*Client) AttachGroupPolicy 

func (c *Client) AttachGroupPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *AttachGroupPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachGroupPolicyOutput, error)

Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM group. You use this operation to attach a managed policy to a group. To embed an inline policy in a group, use PutGroupPolicy. As a best practice, you can validate your IAM policies. To learn more, see Validating IAM policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_policy-validator.html) in the IAM User Guide. For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) AttachRolePolicy 

func (c *Client) AttachRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *AttachRolePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachRolePolicyOutput, error)

Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM role. When you attach a managed policy to a role, the managed policy becomes part of the role's permission (access) policy. You cannot use a managed policy as the role's trust policy. The role's trust policy is created at the same time as the role, using CreateRole. You can update a role's trust policy using UpdateAssumeRolePolicy. Use this operation to attach a managed policy to a role. To embed an inline policy in a role, use PutRolePolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide. As a best practice, you can validate your IAM policies. To learn more, see Validating IAM policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_policy-validator.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) AttachUserPolicy 

func (c *Client) AttachUserPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *AttachUserPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*AttachUserPolicyOutput, error)

Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified user. You use this operation to attach a managed policy to a user. To embed an inline policy in a user, use PutUserPolicy. As a best practice, you can validate your IAM policies. To learn more, see Validating IAM policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_policy-validator.html) in the IAM User Guide. For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) ChangePassword 

func (c *Client) ChangePassword(ctx context.Context, params *ChangePasswordInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ChangePasswordOutput, error)

Changes the password of the IAM user who is calling this operation. This operation can be performed using the CLI, the Amazon Web Services API, or the My Security Credentials page in the Amazon Web Services Management Console. The Amazon Web Services account root user password is not affected by this operation. Use UpdateLoginProfile to use the CLI, the Amazon Web Services API, or the Users page in the IAM console to change the password for any IAM user. For more information about modifying passwords, see Managing passwords (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateAccessKey 

func (c *Client) CreateAccessKey(ctx context.Context, params *CreateAccessKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateAccessKeyOutput, error)

Creates a new Amazon Web Services secret access key and corresponding Amazon Web Services access key ID for the specified user. The default status for new keys is Active. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account root user credentials. This is true even if the Amazon Web Services account has no associated users. For information about quotas on the number of keys you can create, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) in the IAM User Guide. To ensure the security of your Amazon Web Services account, the secret access key is accessible only during key and user creation. You must save the key (for example, in a text file) if you want to be able to access it again. If a secret key is lost, you can delete the access keys for the associated user and then create new keys.

func (*Client) CreateAccountAlias 

func (c *Client) CreateAccountAlias(ctx context.Context, params *CreateAccountAliasInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateAccountAliasOutput, error)

Creates an alias for your Amazon Web Services account. For information about using an Amazon Web Services account alias, see Using an alias for your Amazon Web Services account ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AccountAlias.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateGroup 

func (c *Client) CreateGroup(ctx context.Context, params *CreateGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateGroupOutput, error)

Creates a new group. For information about the number of groups you can create, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateInstanceProfile 

func (c *Client) CreateInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *CreateInstanceProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateInstanceProfileOutput, error)

Creates a new instance profile. For information about instance profiles, see Using roles for applications on Amazon EC2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_switch-role-ec2.html) in the IAM User Guide, and Instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/iam-roles-for-amazon-ec2.html#ec2-instance-profile) in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. For information about the number of instance profiles you can create, see IAM object quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateLoginProfile 

func (c *Client) CreateLoginProfile(ctx context.Context, params *CreateLoginProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateLoginProfileOutput, error)

Creates a password for the specified IAM user. A password allows an IAM user to access Amazon Web Services services through the Amazon Web Services Management Console. You can use the CLI, the Amazon Web Services API, or the Users page in the IAM console to create a password for any IAM user. Use ChangePassword to update your own existing password in the My Security Credentials page in the Amazon Web Services Management Console. For more information about managing passwords, see Managing passwords (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateOpenIDConnectProvider 

func (c *Client) CreateOpenIDConnectProvider(ctx context.Context, params *CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error)

Creates an IAM entity to describe an identity provider (IdP) that supports OpenID Connect (OIDC) (http://openid.net/connect/). The OIDC provider that you create with this operation can be used as a principal in a role's trust policy. Such a policy establishes a trust relationship between Amazon Web Services and the OIDC provider. If you are using an OIDC identity provider from Google, Facebook, or Amazon Cognito, you don't need to create a separate IAM identity provider. These OIDC identity providers are already built-in to Amazon Web Services and are available for your use. Instead, you can move directly to creating new roles using your identity provider. To learn more, see Creating a role for web identity or OpenID connect federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_create_for-idp_oidc.html) in the IAM User Guide. When you create the IAM OIDC provider, you specify the following:

* The URL of the OIDC identity provider (IdP) to trust

* A list of client IDs (also known as audiences) that identify the application or applications allowed to authenticate using the OIDC provider

* A list of thumbprints of one or more server certificates that the IdP uses

You get all of this information from the OIDC IdP you want to use to access Amazon Web Services. Amazon Web Services secures communication with some OIDC identity providers (IdPs) through our library of trusted certificate authorities (CAs) instead of using a certificate thumbprint to verify your IdP server certificate. These OIDC IdPs include Google, and those that use an Amazon S3 bucket to host a JSON Web Key Set (JWKS) endpoint. In these cases, your legacy thumbprint remains in your configuration, but is no longer used for validation. The trust for the OIDC provider is derived from the IAM provider that this operation creates. Therefore, it is best to limit access to the CreateOpenIDConnectProvider operation to highly privileged users.

func (*Client) CreatePolicy 

func (c *Client) CreatePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *CreatePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreatePolicyOutput, error)

Creates a new managed policy for your Amazon Web Services account. This operation creates a policy version with a version identifier of v1 and sets v1 as the policy's default version. For more information about policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) in the IAM User Guide. As a best practice, you can validate your IAM policies. To learn more, see Validating IAM policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_policy-validator.html) in the IAM User Guide. For more information about managed policies in general, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) CreatePolicyVersion 

func (c *Client) CreatePolicyVersion(ctx context.Context, params *CreatePolicyVersionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreatePolicyVersionOutput, error)

Creates a new version of the specified managed policy. To update a managed policy, you create a new policy version. A managed policy can have up to five versions. If the policy has five versions, you must delete an existing version using DeletePolicyVersion before you create a new version. Optionally, you can set the new version as the policy's default version. The default version is the version that is in effect for the IAM users, groups, and roles to which the policy is attached. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateRole 

func (c *Client) CreateRole(ctx context.Context, params *CreateRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateRoleOutput, error)

Creates a new role for your Amazon Web Services account. For more information about roles, see IAM roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). For information about quotas for role names and the number of roles you can create, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateSAMLProvider 

func (c *Client) CreateSAMLProvider(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSAMLProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSAMLProviderOutput, error)

Creates an IAM resource that describes an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0. The SAML provider resource that you create with this operation can be used as a principal in an IAM role's trust policy. Such a policy can enable federated users who sign in using the SAML IdP to assume the role. You can create an IAM role that supports Web-based single sign-on (SSO) to the Amazon Web Services Management Console or one that supports API access to Amazon Web Services. When you create the SAML provider resource, you upload a SAML metadata document that you get from your IdP. That document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that the IdP sends. You must generate the metadata document using the identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP. This operation requires Signature Version 4 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). For more information, see Enabling SAML 2.0 federated users to access the Amazon Web Services Management Console (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-saml.html) and About SAML 2.0-based federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateServiceLinkedRole 

func (c *Client) CreateServiceLinkedRole(ctx context.Context, params *CreateServiceLinkedRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateServiceLinkedRoleOutput, error)

Creates an IAM role that is linked to a specific Amazon Web Services service. The service controls the attached policies and when the role can be deleted. This helps ensure that the service is not broken by an unexpectedly changed or deleted role, which could put your Amazon Web Services resources into an unknown state. Allowing the service to control the role helps improve service stability and proper cleanup when a service and its role are no longer needed. For more information, see Using service-linked roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/using-service-linked-roles.html) in the IAM User Guide. To attach a policy to this service-linked role, you must make the request using the Amazon Web Services service that depends on this role.

func (*Client) CreateServiceSpecificCredential 

func (c *Client) CreateServiceSpecificCredential(ctx context.Context, params *CreateServiceSpecificCredentialInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateServiceSpecificCredentialOutput, error)

Generates a set of credentials consisting of a user name and password that can be used to access the service specified in the request. These credentials are generated by IAM, and can be used only for the specified service. You can have a maximum of two sets of service-specific credentials for each supported service per user. You can create service-specific credentials for CodeCommit and Amazon Keyspaces (for Apache Cassandra). You can reset the password to a new service-generated value by calling ResetServiceSpecificCredential. For more information about service-specific credentials, see Using IAM with CodeCommit: Git credentials, SSH keys, and Amazon Web Services access keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_ssh-keys.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateUser 

func (c *Client) CreateUser(ctx context.Context, params *CreateUserInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateUserOutput, error)

Creates a new IAM user for your Amazon Web Services account. For information about quotas for the number of IAM users you can create, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) CreateVirtualMFADevice 

func (c *Client) CreateVirtualMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateVirtualMFADeviceOutput, error)

Creates a new virtual MFA device for the Amazon Web Services account. After creating the virtual MFA, use EnableMFADevice to attach the MFA device to an IAM user. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, see Using a virtual MFA device (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_VirtualMFA.html) in the IAM User Guide. For information about the maximum number of MFA devices you can create, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) in the IAM User Guide. The seed information contained in the QR code and the Base32 string should be treated like any other secret access information. In other words, protect the seed information as you would your Amazon Web Services access keys or your passwords. After you provision your virtual device, you should ensure that the information is destroyed following secure procedures.

func (*Client) DeactivateMFADevice 

func (c *Client) DeactivateMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *DeactivateMFADeviceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeactivateMFADeviceOutput, error)

Deactivates the specified MFA device and removes it from association with the user name for which it was originally enabled. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, see Enabling a virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_VirtualMFA.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteAccessKey 

func (c *Client) DeleteAccessKey(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteAccessKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteAccessKeyOutput, error)

Deletes the access key pair associated with the specified IAM user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account root user credentials even if the Amazon Web Services account has no associated users.

func (*Client) DeleteAccountAlias 

func (c *Client) DeleteAccountAlias(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteAccountAliasInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteAccountAliasOutput, error)

Deletes the specified Amazon Web Services account alias. For information about using an Amazon Web Services account alias, see Using an alias for your Amazon Web Services account ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AccountAlias.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteAccountPasswordPolicy 

func (c *Client) DeleteAccountPasswordPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteAccountPasswordPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteAccountPasswordPolicyOutput, error)

Deletes the password policy for the Amazon Web Services account. There are no parameters.

func (*Client) DeleteGroup 

func (c *Client) DeleteGroup(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteGroupOutput, error)

Deletes the specified IAM group. The group must not contain any users or have any attached policies.

func (*Client) DeleteGroupPolicy 

func (c *Client) DeleteGroupPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteGroupPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteGroupPolicyOutput, error)

Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM group. A group can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a group, use DetachGroupPolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteInstanceProfile 

func (c *Client) DeleteInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteInstanceProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteInstanceProfileOutput, error)

Deletes the specified instance profile. The instance profile must not have an associated role. Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the instance profile you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is associated with a running instance will break any applications running on the instance. For more information about instance profiles, see About instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html).

func (*Client) DeleteLoginProfile 

func (c *Client) DeleteLoginProfile(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteLoginProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteLoginProfileOutput, error)

Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, which terminates the user's ability to access Amazon Web Services services through the Amazon Web Services Management Console. You can use the CLI, the Amazon Web Services API, or the Users page in the IAM console to delete a password for any IAM user. You can use ChangePassword to update, but not delete, your own password in the My Security Credentials page in the Amazon Web Services Management Console. Deleting a user's password does not prevent a user from accessing Amazon Web Services through the command line interface or the API. To prevent all user access, you must also either make any access keys inactive or delete them. For more information about making keys inactive or deleting them, see UpdateAccessKey and DeleteAccessKey.

func (*Client) DeleteOpenIDConnectProvider 

func (c *Client) DeleteOpenIDConnectProvider(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error)

Deletes an OpenID Connect identity provider (IdP) resource object in IAM. Deleting an IAM OIDC provider resource does not update any roles that reference the provider as a principal in their trust policies. Any attempt to assume a role that references a deleted provider fails. This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you call the operation for a provider that does not exist.

func (*Client) DeletePolicy 

func (c *Client) DeletePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeletePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeletePolicyOutput, error)

Deletes the specified managed policy. Before you can delete a managed policy, you must first detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that it is attached to. In addition, you must delete all the policy's versions. The following steps describe the process for deleting a managed policy:

* Detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, using DetachUserPolicy, DetachGroupPolicy, or DetachRolePolicy. To list all the users, groups, and roles that a policy is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy.

* Delete all versions of the policy using DeletePolicyVersion. To list the policy's versions, use ListPolicyVersions. You cannot use DeletePolicyVersion to delete the version that is marked as the default version. You delete the policy's default version in the next step of the process.

* Delete the policy (this automatically deletes the policy's default version) using this operation.

For information about managed policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) DeletePolicyVersion 

func (c *Client) DeletePolicyVersion(ctx context.Context, params *DeletePolicyVersionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeletePolicyVersionOutput, error)

Deletes the specified version from the specified managed policy. You cannot delete the default version from a policy using this operation. To delete the default version from a policy, use DeletePolicy. To find out which version of a policy is marked as the default version, use ListPolicyVersions. For information about versions for managed policies, see Versioning for managed policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteRole 

func (c *Client) DeleteRole(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteRoleOutput, error)

Deletes the specified role. The role must not have any policies attached. For more information about roles, see Working with roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is associated with a running instance will break any applications running on the instance.

func (*Client) DeleteRolePermissionsBoundary 

func (c *Client) DeleteRolePermissionsBoundary(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteRolePermissionsBoundaryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteRolePermissionsBoundaryOutput, error)

Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM role. Deleting the permissions boundary for a role might increase its permissions. For example, it might allow anyone who assumes the role to perform all the actions granted in its permissions policies.

func (*Client) DeleteRolePolicy 

func (c *Client) DeleteRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteRolePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteRolePolicyOutput, error)

Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM role. A role can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a role, use DetachRolePolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteSAMLProvider 

func (c *Client) DeleteSAMLProvider(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSAMLProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSAMLProviderOutput, error)

Deletes a SAML provider resource in IAM. Deleting the provider resource from IAM does not update any roles that reference the SAML provider resource's ARN as a principal in their trust policies. Any attempt to assume a role that references a non-existent provider resource ARN fails. This operation requires Signature Version 4 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).

func (*Client) DeleteSSHPublicKey 

func (c *Client) DeleteSSHPublicKey(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSSHPublicKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSSHPublicKeyOutput, error)

Deletes the specified SSH public key. The SSH public key deleted by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an CodeCommit repository, see Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) in the CodeCommit User Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteServerCertificate 

func (c *Client) DeleteServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteServerCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteServerCertificateOutput, error)

Deletes the specified server certificate. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of Amazon Web Services services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. If you are using a server certificate with Elastic Load Balancing, deleting the certificate could have implications for your application. If Elastic Load Balancing doesn't detect the deletion of bound certificates, it may continue to use the certificates. This could cause Elastic Load Balancing to stop accepting traffic. We recommend that you remove the reference to the certificate from Elastic Load Balancing before using this command to delete the certificate. For more information, see DeleteLoadBalancerListeners (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ElasticLoadBalancing/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteLoadBalancerListeners.html) in the Elastic Load Balancing API Reference.

func (*Client) DeleteServiceLinkedRole 

func (c *Client) DeleteServiceLinkedRole(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteServiceLinkedRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteServiceLinkedRoleOutput, error)

Submits a service-linked role deletion request and returns a DeletionTaskId, which you can use to check the status of the deletion. Before you call this operation, confirm that the role has no active sessions and that any resources used by the role in the linked service are deleted. If you call this operation more than once for the same service-linked role and an earlier deletion task is not complete, then the DeletionTaskId of the earlier request is returned. If you submit a deletion request for a service-linked role whose linked service is still accessing a resource, then the deletion task fails. If it fails, the GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus operation returns the reason for the failure, usually including the resources that must be deleted. To delete the service-linked role, you must first remove those resources from the linked service and then submit the deletion request again. Resources are specific to the service that is linked to the role. For more information about removing resources from a service, see the Amazon Web Services documentation (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/) for your service. For more information about service-linked roles, see Roles terms and concepts: Amazon Web Services service-linked role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_terms-and-concepts.html#iam-term-service-linked-role) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteServiceSpecificCredential 

func (c *Client) DeleteServiceSpecificCredential(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteServiceSpecificCredentialInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteServiceSpecificCredentialOutput, error)

Deletes the specified service-specific credential.

func (*Client) DeleteSigningCertificate 

func (c *Client) DeleteSigningCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSigningCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSigningCertificateOutput, error)

Deletes a signing certificate associated with the specified IAM user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID signing the request. This operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account root user credentials even if the Amazon Web Services account has no associated IAM users.

func (*Client) DeleteUser 

func (c *Client) DeleteUser(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteUserInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteUserOutput, error)

Deletes the specified IAM user. Unlike the Amazon Web Services Management Console, when you delete a user programmatically, you must delete the items attached to the user manually, or the deletion fails. For more information, see Deleting an IAM user (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_users_manage.html#id_users_deleting_cli). Before attempting to delete a user, remove the following items:

* Password (DeleteLoginProfile)

* Access keys (DeleteAccessKey)

* Signing certificate (DeleteSigningCertificate)

* SSH public key (DeleteSSHPublicKey)

* Git credentials (DeleteServiceSpecificCredential)

* Multi-factor authentication (MFA) device (DeactivateMFADevice, DeleteVirtualMFADevice)

* Inline policies (DeleteUserPolicy)

* Attached managed policies (DetachUserPolicy)

* Group memberships (RemoveUserFromGroup)

func (*Client) DeleteUserPermissionsBoundary 

func (c *Client) DeleteUserPermissionsBoundary(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteUserPermissionsBoundaryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteUserPermissionsBoundaryOutput, error)

Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM user. Deleting the permissions boundary for a user might increase its permissions by allowing the user to perform all the actions granted in its permissions policies.

func (*Client) DeleteUserPolicy 

func (c *Client) DeleteUserPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteUserPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteUserPolicyOutput, error)

Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM user. A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a user, use DetachUserPolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) DeleteVirtualMFADevice 

func (c *Client) DeleteVirtualMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteVirtualMFADeviceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteVirtualMFADeviceOutput, error)

Deletes a virtual MFA device. You must deactivate a user's virtual MFA device before you can delete it. For information about deactivating MFA devices, see DeactivateMFADevice.

func (*Client) DetachGroupPolicy 

func (c *Client) DetachGroupPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DetachGroupPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachGroupPolicyOutput, error)

Removes the specified managed policy from the specified IAM group. A group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use DeleteGroupPolicy. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) DetachRolePolicy 

func (c *Client) DetachRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DetachRolePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachRolePolicyOutput, error)

Removes the specified managed policy from the specified role. A role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use DeleteRolePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) DetachUserPolicy 

func (c *Client) DetachUserPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DetachUserPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DetachUserPolicyOutput, error)

Removes the specified managed policy from the specified user. A user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To delete an inline policy, use DeleteUserPolicy. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) EnableMFADevice 

func (c *Client) EnableMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *EnableMFADeviceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*EnableMFADeviceOutput, error)

Enables the specified MFA device and associates it with the specified IAM user. When enabled, the MFA device is required for every subsequent login by the IAM user associated with the device.

func (*Client) GenerateCredentialReport 

func (c *Client) GenerateCredentialReport(ctx context.Context, params *GenerateCredentialReportInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GenerateCredentialReportOutput, error)

Generates a credential report for the Amazon Web Services account. For more information about the credential report, see Getting credential reports (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport 

func (c *Client) GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport(ctx context.Context, params *GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportOutput, error)

Generates a report for service last accessed data for Organizations. You can generate a report for any entities (organization root, organizational unit, or account) or policies in your organization. To call this operation, you must be signed in using your Organizations management account credentials. You can use your long-term IAM user or root user credentials, or temporary credentials from assuming an IAM role. SCPs must be enabled for your organization root. You must have the required IAM and Organizations permissions. For more information, see Refining permissions using service last accessed data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) in the IAM User Guide. You can generate a service last accessed data report for entities by specifying only the entity's path. This data includes a list of services that are allowed by any service control policies (SCPs) that apply to the entity. You can generate a service last accessed data report for a policy by specifying an entity's path and an optional Organizations policy ID. This data includes a list of services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service in both report types, the data includes the most recent account activity that the policy allows to account principals in the entity or the entity's children. For important information about the data, reporting period, permissions required, troubleshooting, and supported Regions see Reducing permissions using service last accessed data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) in the IAM User Guide. The data includes all attempts to access Amazon Web Services, not just the successful ones. This includes all attempts that were made using the Amazon Web Services Management Console, the Amazon Web Services API through any of the SDKs, or any of the command line tools. An unexpected entry in the service last accessed data does not mean that an account has been compromised, because the request might have been denied. Refer to your CloudTrail logs as the authoritative source for information about all API calls and whether they were successful or denied access. For more information, see Logging IAM events with CloudTrail (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/cloudtrail-integration.html) in the IAM User Guide. This operation returns a JobId. Use this parameter in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation to check the status of the report generation. To check the status of this request, use the JobId parameter in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport operation and test the JobStatus response parameter. When the job is complete, you can retrieve the report. To generate a service last accessed data report for entities, specify an entity path without specifying the optional Organizations policy ID. The type of entity that you specify determines the data returned in the report.

* Root – When you specify the organizations root as the entity, the resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to your root. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in your organization except the management account, because the management account is not limited by SCPs.

* OU – When you specify an organizational unit (OU) as the entity, the resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to the OU and its parents. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in the OU or its children. This data excludes the management account, because the management account is not limited by SCPs.

* management account – When you specify the management account, the resulting report lists all Amazon Web Services services, because the management account is not limited by SCPs. For each service, the report includes data for only the management account.

* Account – When you specify another account as the entity, the resulting report lists all of the services allowed by SCPs that are attached to the account and its parents. For each service, the report includes data for only the specified account.

To generate a service last accessed data report for policies, specify an entity path and the optional Organizations policy ID. The type of entity that you specify determines the data returned for each service.

* Root – When you specify the root entity and a policy ID, the resulting report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in your organization to which the SCP applies. This data excludes the management account, because the management account is not limited by SCPs. If the SCP is not attached to any entities in the organization, then the report will return a list of services with no data.

* OU – When you specify an OU entity and a policy ID, the resulting report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service, the report includes data for all accounts in the OU or its children to which the SCP applies. This means that other accounts outside the OU that are affected by the SCP might not be included in the data. This data excludes the management account, because the management account is not limited by SCPs. If the SCP is not attached to the OU or one of its children, the report will return a list of services with no data.

* management account – When you specify the management account, the resulting report lists all Amazon Web Services services, because the management account is not limited by SCPs. If you specify a policy ID in the CLI or API, the policy is ignored. For each service, the report includes data for only the management account.

* Account – When you specify another account entity and a policy ID, the resulting report lists all of the services that are allowed by the specified SCP. For each service, the report includes data for only the specified account. This means that other accounts in the organization that are affected by the SCP might not be included in the data. If the SCP is not attached to the account, the report will return a list of services with no data.

Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a principal could access a service. These other policy types include identity-based policies, resource-based policies, access control lists, IAM permissions boundaries, and STS assume role policies. It only applies SCP logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics) in the IAM User Guide. For more information about service last accessed data, see Reducing policy scope by viewing user activity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails 

func (c *Client) GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails(ctx context.Context, params *GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsOutput, error)

Generates a report that includes details about when an IAM resource (user, group, role, or policy) was last used in an attempt to access Amazon Web Services services. Recent activity usually appears within four hours. IAM reports activity for at least the last 400 days, or less if your Region began supporting this feature within the last year. For more information, see Regions where data is tracked (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#access-advisor_tracking-period). The service last accessed data includes all attempts to access an Amazon Web Services API, not just the successful ones. This includes all attempts that were made using the Amazon Web Services Management Console, the Amazon Web Services API through any of the SDKs, or any of the command line tools. An unexpected entry in the service last accessed data does not mean that your account has been compromised, because the request might have been denied. Refer to your CloudTrail logs as the authoritative source for information about all API calls and whether they were successful or denied access. For more information, see Logging IAM events with CloudTrail (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/cloudtrail-integration.html) in the IAM User Guide. The GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns a JobId. Use this parameter in the following operations to retrieve the following details from your report:

* GetServiceLastAccessedDetails – Use this operation for users, groups, roles, or policies to list every Amazon Web Services service that the resource could access using permissions policies. For each service, the response includes information about the most recent access attempt. The JobId returned by GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetail must be used by the same role within a session, or by the same user when used to call GetServiceLastAccessedDetail.

* GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities – Use this operation for groups and policies to list information about the associated entities (users or roles) that attempted to access a specific Amazon Web Services service.

To check the status of the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails request, use the JobId parameter in the same operations and test the JobStatus response parameter. For additional information about the permissions policies that allow an identity (user, group, or role) to access specific services, use the ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess operation. Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics) in the IAM User Guide. For more information about service and action last accessed data, see Reducing permissions using service last accessed data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) GetAccessKeyLastUsed 

func (c *Client) GetAccessKeyLastUsed(ctx context.Context, params *GetAccessKeyLastUsedInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetAccessKeyLastUsedOutput, error)

Retrieves information about when the specified access key was last used. The information includes the date and time of last use, along with the Amazon Web Services service and Region that were specified in the last request made with that key.

func (*Client) GetAccountAuthorizationDetails 

func (c *Client) GetAccountAuthorizationDetails(ctx context.Context, params *GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsOutput, error)

Retrieves information about all IAM users, groups, roles, and policies in your Amazon Web Services account, including their relationships to one another. Use this operation to obtain a snapshot of the configuration of IAM permissions (users, groups, roles, and policies) in your account. Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. You can optionally filter the results using the Filter parameter. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.

func (*Client) GetAccountPasswordPolicy 

func (c *Client) GetAccountPasswordPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetAccountPasswordPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetAccountPasswordPolicyOutput, error)

Retrieves the password policy for the Amazon Web Services account. This tells you the complexity requirements and mandatory rotation periods for the IAM user passwords in your account. For more information about using a password policy, see Managing an IAM password policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingPasswordPolicies.html).

func (*Client) GetAccountSummary 

func (c *Client) GetAccountSummary(ctx context.Context, params *GetAccountSummaryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetAccountSummaryOutput, error)

Retrieves information about IAM entity usage and IAM quotas in the Amazon Web Services account. For information about IAM quotas, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy 

func (c *Client) GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyOutput, error)

Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in the input policies. The policies are supplied as a list of one or more strings. To get the context keys from policies associated with an IAM user, group, or role, use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy. Context keys are variables maintained by Amazon Web Services and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. Context keys can be evaluated by testing against a value specified in an IAM policy. Use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy to understand what key names and values you must supply when you call SimulateCustomPolicy. Note that all parameters are shown in unencoded form here for clarity but must be URL encoded to be included as a part of a real HTML request.

func (*Client) GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy 

func (c *Client) GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyOutput, error)

Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in all the IAM policies that are attached to the specified IAM entity. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify a user, then the request also includes all of the policies attached to groups that the user is a member of. You can optionally include a list of one or more additional policies, specified as strings. If you want to include only a list of policies by string, use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead. Note: This operation discloses information about the permissions granted to other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then consider allowing them to use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy instead. Context keys are variables maintained by Amazon Web Services and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. Context keys can be evaluated by testing against a value in an IAM policy. Use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy to understand what key names and values you must supply when you call SimulatePrincipalPolicy.

func (*Client) GetCredentialReport 

func (c *Client) GetCredentialReport(ctx context.Context, params *GetCredentialReportInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetCredentialReportOutput, error)

Retrieves a credential report for the Amazon Web Services account. For more information about the credential report, see Getting credential reports (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/credential-reports.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) GetGroup 

func (c *Client) GetGroup(ctx context.Context, params *GetGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetGroupOutput, error)

Returns a list of IAM users that are in the specified IAM group. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.

func (*Client) GetGroupPolicy 

func (c *Client) GetGroupPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetGroupPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetGroupPolicyOutput, error)

Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group. Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a group, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) GetInstanceProfile 

func (c *Client) GetInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *GetInstanceProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetInstanceProfileOutput, error)

Retrieves information about the specified instance profile, including the instance profile's path, GUID, ARN, and role. For more information about instance profiles, see About instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) GetLoginProfile 

func (c *Client) GetLoginProfile(ctx context.Context, params *GetLoginProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetLoginProfileOutput, error)

Retrieves the user name for the specified IAM user. A login profile is created when you create a password for the user to access the Amazon Web Services Management Console. If the user does not exist or does not have a password, the operation returns a 404 (NoSuchEntity) error. If you create an IAM user with access to the console, the CreateDate reflects the date you created the initial password for the user. If you create an IAM user with programmatic access, and then later add a password for the user to access the Amazon Web Services Management Console, the CreateDate reflects the initial password creation date. A user with programmatic access does not have a login profile unless you create a password for the user to access the Amazon Web Services Management Console.

func (*Client) GetOpenIDConnectProvider 

func (c *Client) GetOpenIDConnectProvider(ctx context.Context, params *GetOpenIDConnectProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error)

Returns information about the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object in IAM.

func (*Client) GetOrganizationsAccessReport 

func (c *Client) GetOrganizationsAccessReport(ctx context.Context, params *GetOrganizationsAccessReportInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetOrganizationsAccessReportOutput, error)

Retrieves the service last accessed data report for Organizations that was previously generated using the GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport operation. This operation retrieves the status of your report job and the report contents. Depending on the parameters that you passed when you generated the report, the data returned could include different information. For details, see GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport. To call this operation, you must be signed in to the management account in your organization. SCPs must be enabled for your organization root. You must have permissions to perform this operation. For more information, see Refining permissions using service last accessed data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) in the IAM User Guide. For each service that principals in an account (root users, IAM users, or IAM roles) could access using SCPs, the operation returns details about the most recent access attempt. If there was no attempt, the service is listed without details about the most recent attempt to access the service. If the operation fails, it returns the reason that it failed. By default, the list is sorted by service namespace.

func (*Client) GetPolicy 

func (c *Client) GetPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetPolicyOutput, error)

Retrieves information about the specified managed policy, including the policy's default version and the total number of IAM users, groups, and roles to which the policy is attached. To retrieve the list of the specific users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy. This operation returns metadata about the policy. To retrieve the actual policy document for a specific version of the policy, use GetPolicyVersion. This operation retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve information about an inline policy that is embedded with an IAM user, group, or role, use GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy. For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) GetPolicyVersion 

func (c *Client) GetPolicyVersion(ctx context.Context, params *GetPolicyVersionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetPolicyVersionOutput, error)

Retrieves information about the specified version of the specified managed policy, including the policy document. Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. To list the available versions for a policy, use ListPolicyVersions. This operation retrieves information about managed policies. To retrieve information about an inline policy that is embedded in a user, group, or role, use GetUserPolicy, GetGroupPolicy, or GetRolePolicy. For more information about the types of policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide. For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) GetRole 

func (c *Client) GetRole(ctx context.Context, params *GetRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetRoleOutput, error)

Retrieves information about the specified role, including the role's path, GUID, ARN, and the role's trust policy that grants permission to assume the role. For more information about roles, see Working with roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality.

func (*Client) GetRolePolicy 

func (c *Client) GetRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetRolePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetRolePolicyOutput, error)

Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded with the specified IAM role. Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a role, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version, then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide. For more information about roles, see Using roles to delegate permissions and federate identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html).

func (*Client) GetSAMLProvider 

func (c *Client) GetSAMLProvider(ctx context.Context, params *GetSAMLProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSAMLProviderOutput, error)

Returns the SAML provider metadocument that was uploaded when the IAM SAML provider resource object was created or updated. This operation requires Signature Version 4 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).

func (*Client) GetSSHPublicKey 

func (c *Client) GetSSHPublicKey(ctx context.Context, params *GetSSHPublicKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSSHPublicKeyOutput, error)

Retrieves the specified SSH public key, including metadata about the key. The SSH public key retrieved by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an CodeCommit repository, see Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) in the CodeCommit User Guide.

func (*Client) GetServerCertificate 

func (c *Client) GetServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *GetServerCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetServerCertificateOutput, error)

Retrieves information about the specified server certificate stored in IAM. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of Amazon Web Services services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM.

func (*Client) GetServiceLastAccessedDetails 

func (c *Client) GetServiceLastAccessedDetails(ctx context.Context, params *GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsOutput, error)

Retrieves a service last accessed report that was created using the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation. You can use the JobId parameter in GetServiceLastAccessedDetails to retrieve the status of your report job. When the report is complete, you can retrieve the generated report. The report includes a list of Amazon Web Services services that the resource (user, group, role, or managed policy) can access. Service last accessed data does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics) in the IAM User Guide. For each service that the resource could access using permissions policies, the operation returns details about the most recent access attempt. If there was no attempt, the service is listed without details about the most recent attempt to access the service. If the operation fails, the GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns the reason that it failed. The GetServiceLastAccessedDetails operation returns a list of services. This list includes the number of entities that have attempted to access the service and the date and time of the last attempt. It also returns the ARN of the following entity, depending on the resource ARN that you used to generate the report:

* User – Returns the user ARN that you used to generate the report

* Group – Returns the ARN of the group member (user) that last attempted to access the service

* Role – Returns the role ARN that you used to generate the report

* Policy – Returns the ARN of the user or role that last used the policy to attempt to access the service

By default, the list is sorted by service namespace. If you specified ACTION_LEVEL granularity when you generated the report, this operation returns service and action last accessed data. This includes the most recent access attempt for each tracked action within a service. Otherwise, this operation returns only service data. For more information about service and action last accessed data, see Reducing permissions using service last accessed data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities 

func (c *Client) GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities(ctx context.Context, params *GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesOutput, error)

After you generate a group or policy report using the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation, you can use the JobId parameter in GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities. This operation retrieves the status of your report job and a list of entities that could have used group or policy permissions to access the specified service.

* Group – For a group report, this operation returns a list of users in the group that could have used the group’s policies in an attempt to access the service.

* Policy – For a policy report, this operation returns a list of entities (users or roles) that could have used the policy in an attempt to access the service.

You can also use this operation for user or role reports to retrieve details about those entities. If the operation fails, the GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities operation returns the reason that it failed. By default, the list of associated entities is sorted by date, with the most recent access listed first.

func (*Client) GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus 

func (c *Client) GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus(ctx context.Context, params *GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusOutput, error)

Retrieves the status of your service-linked role deletion. After you use DeleteServiceLinkedRole to submit a service-linked role for deletion, you can use the DeletionTaskId parameter in GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatus to check the status of the deletion. If the deletion fails, this operation returns the reason that it failed, if that information is returned by the service.

func (*Client) GetUser 

func (c *Client) GetUser(ctx context.Context, params *GetUserInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetUserOutput, error)

Retrieves information about the specified IAM user, including the user's creation date, path, unique ID, and ARN. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID used to sign the request to this operation.

func (*Client) GetUserPolicy 

func (c *Client) GetUserPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetUserPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetUserPolicyOutput, error)

Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user. Policies returned by this operation are URL-encoded compliant with RFC 3986 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986). You can use a URL decoding method to convert the policy back to plain JSON text. For example, if you use Java, you can use the decode method of the java.net.URLDecoder utility class in the Java SDK. Other languages and SDKs provide similar functionality. An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To retrieve a managed policy document that is attached to a user, use GetPolicy to determine the policy's default version. Then use GetPolicyVersion to retrieve the policy document. For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) ListAccessKeys 

func (c *Client) ListAccessKeys(ctx context.Context, params *ListAccessKeysInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListAccessKeysOutput, error)

Returns information about the access key IDs associated with the specified IAM user. If there is none, the operation returns an empty list. Although each user is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account root user credentials even if the Amazon Web Services account has no associated users. To ensure the security of your Amazon Web Services account, the secret access key is accessible only during key and user creation.

func (*Client) ListAccountAliases 

func (c *Client) ListAccountAliases(ctx context.Context, params *ListAccountAliasesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListAccountAliasesOutput, error)

Lists the account alias associated with the Amazon Web Services account (Note: you can have only one). For information about using an Amazon Web Services account alias, see Using an alias for your Amazon Web Services account ID (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AccountAlias.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) ListAttachedGroupPolicies 

func (c *Client) ListAttachedGroupPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListAttachedGroupPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListAttachedGroupPoliciesOutput, error)

Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM group. An IAM group can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a group, use ListGroupPolicies. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.

func (*Client) ListAttachedRolePolicies 

func (c *Client) ListAttachedRolePolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListAttachedRolePoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListAttachedRolePoliciesOutput, error)

Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM role. An IAM role can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a role, use ListRolePolicies. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified role (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.

func (*Client) ListAttachedUserPolicies 

func (c *Client) ListAttachedUserPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListAttachedUserPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListAttachedUserPoliciesOutput, error)

Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM user. An IAM user can also have inline policies embedded with it. To list the inline policies for a user, use ListUserPolicies. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. You can use the PathPrefix parameter to limit the list of policies to only those matching the specified path prefix. If there are no policies attached to the specified group (or none that match the specified path prefix), the operation returns an empty list.

func (*Client) ListEntitiesForPolicy 

func (c *Client) ListEntitiesForPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *ListEntitiesForPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListEntitiesForPolicyOutput, error)

Lists all IAM users, groups, and roles that the specified managed policy is attached to. You can use the optional EntityFilter parameter to limit the results to a particular type of entity (users, groups, or roles). For example, to list only the roles that are attached to the specified policy, set EntityFilter to Role. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.

func (*Client) ListGroupPolicies 

func (c *Client) ListGroupPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListGroupPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListGroupPoliciesOutput, error)

Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM group. An IAM group can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a group, use ListAttachedGroupPolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified group, the operation returns an empty list.

func (*Client) ListGroups 

func (c *Client) ListGroups(ctx context.Context, params *ListGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListGroupsOutput, error)

Lists the IAM groups that have the specified path prefix. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.

func (*Client) ListGroupsForUser 

func (c *Client) ListGroupsForUser(ctx context.Context, params *ListGroupsForUserInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListGroupsForUserOutput, error)

Lists the IAM groups that the specified IAM user belongs to. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.

func (*Client) ListInstanceProfileTags added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) ListInstanceProfileTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListInstanceProfileTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput, error)

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM instance profile. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) ListInstanceProfiles 

func (c *Client) ListInstanceProfiles(ctx context.Context, params *ListInstanceProfilesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListInstanceProfilesOutput, error)

Lists the instance profiles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about instance profiles, see About instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html). IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for an instance profile, see GetInstanceProfile. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.

func (*Client) ListInstanceProfilesForRole 

func (c *Client) ListInstanceProfilesForRole(ctx context.Context, params *ListInstanceProfilesForRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListInstanceProfilesForRoleOutput, error)

Lists the instance profiles that have the specified associated IAM role. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about instance profiles, go to About instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html). You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.

func (*Client) ListMFADeviceTags added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) ListMFADeviceTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListMFADeviceTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListMFADeviceTagsOutput, error)

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) ListMFADevices 

func (c *Client) ListMFADevices(ctx context.Context, params *ListMFADevicesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListMFADevicesOutput, error)

Lists the MFA devices for an IAM user. If the request includes a IAM user name, then this operation lists all the MFA devices associated with the specified user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID signing the request for this operation. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.

func (*Client) ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) ListOpenIDConnectProviderTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput, error)

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible identity provider. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information, see About web identity federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc.html). For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) ListOpenIDConnectProviders 

func (c *Client) ListOpenIDConnectProviders(ctx context.Context, params *ListOpenIDConnectProvidersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListOpenIDConnectProvidersOutput, error)

Lists information about the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource objects defined in the Amazon Web Services account. IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for an OIDC provider, see GetOpenIDConnectProvider.

func (*Client) ListPolicies 

func (c *Client) ListPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListPoliciesOutput, error)

Lists all the managed policies that are available in your Amazon Web Services account, including your own customer-defined managed policies and all Amazon Web Services managed policies. You can filter the list of policies that is returned using the optional OnlyAttached, Scope, and PathPrefix parameters. For example, to list only the customer managed policies in your Amazon Web Services account, set Scope to Local. To list only Amazon Web Services managed policies, set Scope to AWS. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. For more information about managed policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide. IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for a customer manged policy, see GetPolicy.

func (*Client) ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess 

func (c *Client) ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess(ctx context.Context, params *ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessOutput, error)

Retrieves a list of policies that the IAM identity (user, group, or role) can use to access each specified service. This operation does not use other policy types when determining whether a resource could access a service. These other policy types include resource-based policies, access control lists, Organizations policies, IAM permissions boundaries, and STS assume role policies. It only applies permissions policy logic. For more about the evaluation of policy types, see Evaluating policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-basics) in the IAM User Guide. The list of policies returned by the operation depends on the ARN of the identity that you provide.

* User – The list of policies includes the managed and inline policies that are attached to the user directly. The list also includes any additional managed and inline policies that are attached to the group to which the user belongs.

* Group – The list of policies includes only the managed and inline policies that are attached to the group directly. Policies that are attached to the group’s user are not included.

* Role – The list of policies includes only the managed and inline policies that are attached to the role.

For each managed policy, this operation returns the ARN and policy name. For each inline policy, it returns the policy name and the entity to which it is attached. Inline policies do not have an ARN. For more information about these policy types, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide. Policies that are attached to users and roles as permissions boundaries are not returned. To view which managed policy is currently used to set the permissions boundary for a user or role, use the GetUser or GetRole operations.

func (*Client) ListPolicyTags added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) ListPolicyTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListPolicyTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListPolicyTagsOutput, error)

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM customer managed policy. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) ListPolicyVersions 

func (c *Client) ListPolicyVersions(ctx context.Context, params *ListPolicyVersionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListPolicyVersionsOutput, error)

Lists information about the versions of the specified managed policy, including the version that is currently set as the policy's default version. For more information about managed policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) ListRolePolicies 

func (c *Client) ListRolePolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListRolePoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListRolePoliciesOutput, error)

Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM role. An IAM role can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a role, use ListAttachedRolePolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified role, the operation returns an empty list.

func (*Client) ListRoleTags 

func (c *Client) ListRoleTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListRoleTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListRoleTagsOutput, error)

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified role. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) ListRoles 

func (c *Client) ListRoles(ctx context.Context, params *ListRolesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListRolesOutput, error)

Lists the IAM roles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about roles, see Working with roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for a role, see GetRole. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.

func (*Client) ListSAMLProviderTags added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) ListSAMLProviderTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListSAMLProviderTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput, error)

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information, see About SAML 2.0-based federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html). For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) ListSAMLProviders 

func (c *Client) ListSAMLProviders(ctx context.Context, params *ListSAMLProvidersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListSAMLProvidersOutput, error)

Lists the SAML provider resource objects defined in IAM in the account. IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for a SAML provider, see GetSAMLProvider. This operation requires Signature Version 4 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).

func (*Client) ListSSHPublicKeys 

func (c *Client) ListSSHPublicKeys(ctx context.Context, params *ListSSHPublicKeysInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListSSHPublicKeysOutput, error)

Returns information about the SSH public keys associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list. The SSH public keys returned by this operation are used only for authenticating the IAM user to an CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an CodeCommit repository, see Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) in the CodeCommit User Guide. Although each user is limited to a small number of keys, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.

func (*Client) ListServerCertificateTags added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) ListServerCertificateTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListServerCertificateTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListServerCertificateTagsOutput, error)

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM server certificate. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide. For certificates in a Region supported by Certificate Manager (ACM), we recommend that you don't use IAM server certificates. Instead, use ACM to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. For more information about IAM server certificates, Working with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) ListServerCertificates 

func (c *Client) ListServerCertificates(ctx context.Context, params *ListServerCertificatesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListServerCertificatesOutput, error)

Lists the server certificates stored in IAM that have the specified path prefix. If none exist, the operation returns an empty list. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of Amazon Web Services services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for a servercertificate, see GetServerCertificate.

func (*Client) ListServiceSpecificCredentials 

func (c *Client) ListServiceSpecificCredentials(ctx context.Context, params *ListServiceSpecificCredentialsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListServiceSpecificCredentialsOutput, error)

Returns information about the service-specific credentials associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list. The service-specific credentials returned by this operation are used only for authenticating the IAM user to a specific service. For more information about using service-specific credentials to authenticate to an Amazon Web Services service, see Set up service-specific credentials (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-gc.html) in the CodeCommit User Guide.

func (*Client) ListSigningCertificates 

func (c *Client) ListSigningCertificates(ctx context.Context, params *ListSigningCertificatesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListSigningCertificatesOutput, error)

Returns information about the signing certificates associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list. Although each user is limited to a small number of signing certificates, you can still paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID used to sign the request for this operation. This operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account root user credentials even if the Amazon Web Services account has no associated users.

func (*Client) ListUserPolicies 

func (c *Client) ListUserPolicies(ctx context.Context, params *ListUserPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListUserPoliciesOutput, error)

Lists the names of the inline policies embedded in the specified IAM user. An IAM user can also have managed policies attached to it. To list the managed policies that are attached to a user, use ListAttachedUserPolicies. For more information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters. If there are no inline policies embedded with the specified user, the operation returns an empty list.

func (*Client) ListUserTags 

func (c *Client) ListUserTags(ctx context.Context, params *ListUserTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListUserTagsOutput, error)

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM user. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) ListUsers 

func (c *Client) ListUsers(ctx context.Context, params *ListUsersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListUsersOutput, error)

Lists the IAM users that have the specified path prefix. If no path prefix is specified, the operation returns all users in the Amazon Web Services account. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for a user, see GetUser. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.

func (*Client) ListVirtualMFADevices 

func (c *Client) ListVirtualMFADevices(ctx context.Context, params *ListVirtualMFADevicesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListVirtualMFADevicesOutput, error)

Lists the virtual MFA devices defined in the Amazon Web Services account by assignment status. If you do not specify an assignment status, the operation returns a list of all virtual MFA devices. Assignment status can be Assigned, Unassigned, or Any. IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view tag information for a virtual MFA device, see ListMFADeviceTags. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.

func (*Client) PutGroupPolicy 

func (c *Client) PutGroupPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *PutGroupPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutGroupPolicyOutput, error)

Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group. A user can also have managed policies attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a group, use AttachGroupPolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide. For information about the maximum number of inline policies that you can embed in a group, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutGroupPolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, see Making query requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) PutRolePermissionsBoundary 

func (c *Client) PutRolePermissionsBoundary(ctx context.Context, params *PutRolePermissionsBoundaryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutRolePermissionsBoundaryOutput, error)

Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM role's permissions boundary. You can use an Amazon Web Services managed policy or a customer managed policy to set the boundary for a role. Use the boundary to control the maximum permissions that the role can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the role. You cannot set the boundary for a service-linked role. Policies used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. You must also attach a permissions policy to the role. To learn how the effective permissions for a role are evaluated, see IAM JSON policy evaluation logic (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) PutRolePolicy 

func (c *Client) PutRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *PutRolePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutRolePolicyOutput, error)

Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM role. When you embed an inline policy in a role, the inline policy is used as part of the role's access (permissions) policy. The role's trust policy is created at the same time as the role, using CreateRole. You can update a role's trust policy using UpdateAssumeRolePolicy. For more information about IAM roles, see Using roles to delegate permissions and federate identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html). A role can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a role, use AttachRolePolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide. For information about the maximum number of inline policies that you can embed with a role, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutRolePolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, see Making query requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) PutUserPermissionsBoundary 

func (c *Client) PutUserPermissionsBoundary(ctx context.Context, params *PutUserPermissionsBoundaryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutUserPermissionsBoundaryOutput, error)

Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM user's permissions boundary. You can use an Amazon Web Services managed policy or a customer managed policy to set the boundary for a user. Use the boundary to control the maximum permissions that the user can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the user. Policies that are used as permissions boundaries do not provide permissions. You must also attach a permissions policy to the user. To learn how the effective permissions for a user are evaluated, see IAM JSON policy evaluation logic (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) PutUserPolicy 

func (c *Client) PutUserPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *PutUserPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutUserPolicyOutput, error)

Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user. An IAM user can also have a managed policy attached to it. To attach a managed policy to a user, use AttachUserPolicy. To create a new managed policy, use CreatePolicy. For information about policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide. For information about the maximum number of inline policies that you can embed in a user, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) in the IAM User Guide. Because policy documents can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling PutUserPolicy. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, see Making query requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider 

func (c *Client) RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProvider(ctx context.Context, params *RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error)

Removes the specified client ID (also known as audience) from the list of client IDs registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object. This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you try to remove a client ID that does not exist.

func (*Client) RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile 

func (c *Client) RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileOutput, error)

Removes the specified IAM role from the specified EC2 instance profile. Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the role you are about to remove from the instance profile. Removing a role from an instance profile that is associated with a running instance might break any applications running on the instance. For more information about IAM roles, see Working with roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/WorkingWithRoles.html). For more information about instance profiles, see About instance profiles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/AboutInstanceProfiles.html).

func (*Client) RemoveUserFromGroup 

func (c *Client) RemoveUserFromGroup(ctx context.Context, params *RemoveUserFromGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RemoveUserFromGroupOutput, error)

Removes the specified user from the specified group.

func (*Client) ResetServiceSpecificCredential 

func (c *Client) ResetServiceSpecificCredential(ctx context.Context, params *ResetServiceSpecificCredentialInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResetServiceSpecificCredentialOutput, error)

Resets the password for a service-specific credential. The new password is Amazon Web Services generated and cryptographically strong. It cannot be configured by the user. Resetting the password immediately invalidates the previous password associated with this user.

func (*Client) ResyncMFADevice 

func (c *Client) ResyncMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *ResyncMFADeviceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResyncMFADeviceOutput, error)

Synchronizes the specified MFA device with its IAM resource object on the Amazon Web Services servers. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, see Using a virtual MFA device (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_VirtualMFA.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) SetDefaultPolicyVersion 

func (c *Client) SetDefaultPolicyVersion(ctx context.Context, params *SetDefaultPolicyVersionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SetDefaultPolicyVersionOutput, error)

Sets the specified version of the specified policy as the policy's default (operative) version. This operation affects all users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to. To list the users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy. For information about managed policies, see Managed policies and inline policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-vs-inline.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) SetSecurityTokenServicePreferences 

func (c *Client) SetSecurityTokenServicePreferences(ctx context.Context, params *SetSecurityTokenServicePreferencesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SetSecurityTokenServicePreferencesOutput, error)

Sets the specified version of the global endpoint token as the token version used for the Amazon Web Services account. By default, Security Token Service (STS) is available as a global service, and all STS requests go to a single endpoint at https://sts.amazonaws.com. Amazon Web Services recommends using Regional STS endpoints to reduce latency, build in redundancy, and increase session token availability. For information about Regional endpoints for STS, see Security Token Service endpoints and quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sts.html) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. If you make an STS call to the global endpoint, the resulting session tokens might be valid in some Regions but not others. It depends on the version that is set in this operation. Version 1 tokens are valid only in Amazon Web Services Regions that are available by default. These tokens do not work in manually enabled Regions, such as Asia Pacific (Hong Kong). Version 2 tokens are valid in all Regions. However, version 2 tokens are longer and might affect systems where you temporarily store tokens. For information, see Activating and deactivating STS in an Amazon Web Services Region (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html) in the IAM User Guide. To view the current session token version, see the GlobalEndpointTokenVersion entry in the response of the GetAccountSummary operation.

func (*Client) SimulateCustomPolicy 

func (c *Client) SimulateCustomPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *SimulateCustomPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SimulateCustomPolicyOutput, error)

Simulate how a set of IAM policies and optionally a resource-based policy works with a list of API operations and Amazon Web Services resources to determine the policies' effective permissions. The policies are provided as strings. The simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the authorization to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations. You can simulate resources that don't exist in your account. If you want to simulate existing policies that are attached to an IAM user, group, or role, use SimulatePrincipalPolicy instead. Context keys are variables that are maintained by Amazon Web Services and its services and which provide details about the context of an API query request. You can use the Condition element of an IAM policy to evaluate context keys. To get the list of context keys that the policies require for correct simulation, use GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy. If the output is long, you can use MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate the results. For more information about using the policy simulator, see Testing IAM policies with the IAM policy simulator (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_testing-policies.html)in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) SimulatePrincipalPolicy 

func (c *Client) SimulatePrincipalPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SimulatePrincipalPolicyOutput, error)

Simulate how a set of IAM policies attached to an IAM entity works with a list of API operations and Amazon Web Services resources to determine the policies' effective permissions. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify a user, then the simulation also includes all of the policies that are attached to groups that the user belongs to. You can simulate resources that don't exist in your account. You can optionally include a list of one or more additional policies specified as strings to include in the simulation. If you want to simulate only policies specified as strings, use SimulateCustomPolicy instead. You can also optionally include one resource-based policy to be evaluated with each of the resources included in the simulation. The simulation does not perform the API operations; it only checks the authorization to determine if the simulated policies allow or deny the operations. Note: This operation discloses information about the permissions granted to other users. If you do not want users to see other user's permissions, then consider allowing them to use SimulateCustomPolicy instead. Context keys are variables maintained by Amazon Web Services and its services that provide details about the context of an API query request. You can use the Condition element of an IAM policy to evaluate context keys. To get the list of context keys that the policies require for correct simulation, use GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy. If the output is long, you can use the MaxItems and Marker parameters to paginate the results. For more information about using the policy simulator, see Testing IAM policies with the IAM policy simulator (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_testing-policies.html)in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) TagInstanceProfile added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) TagInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *TagInstanceProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagInstanceProfileOutput, error)

Adds one or more tags to an IAM instance profile. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:

* Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.

* Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM instance profile that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

* If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

* Amazon Web Services always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.

func (*Client) TagMFADevice added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) TagMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *TagMFADeviceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagMFADeviceOutput, error)

Adds one or more tags to an IAM virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:

* Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.

* Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM virtual MFA device that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

* If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

* Amazon Web Services always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.

func (*Client) TagOpenIDConnectProvider added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) TagOpenIDConnectProvider(ctx context.Context, params *TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error)

Adds one or more tags to an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible identity provider. For more information about these providers, see About web identity federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc.html). If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:

* Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.

* Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an OIDC provider that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

* If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

* Amazon Web Services always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.

func (*Client) TagPolicy added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) TagPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *TagPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagPolicyOutput, error)

Adds one or more tags to an IAM customer managed policy. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:

* Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.

* Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM customer managed policy that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

* If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

* Amazon Web Services always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.

func (*Client) TagRole 

func (c *Client) TagRole(ctx context.Context, params *TagRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagRoleOutput, error)

Adds one or more tags to an IAM role. The role can be a regular role or a service-linked role. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:

* Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.

* Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM role that has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

* Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are using which Amazon Web Services resources.

* If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

* Amazon Web Services always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.

For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) TagSAMLProvider added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) TagSAMLProvider(ctx context.Context, params *TagSAMLProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagSAMLProviderOutput, error)

Adds one or more tags to a Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider. For more information about these providers, see About SAML 2.0-based federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html). If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:

* Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.

* Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only a SAML identity provider that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

* If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

* Amazon Web Services always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.

func (*Client) TagServerCertificate added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) TagServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *TagServerCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagServerCertificateOutput, error)

Adds one or more tags to an IAM server certificate. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. For certificates in a Region supported by Certificate Manager (ACM), we recommend that you don't use IAM server certificates. Instead, use ACM to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. For more information about IAM server certificates, Working with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) in the IAM User Guide. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:

* Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.

* Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only a server certificate that has a specified tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

* Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are using which Amazon Web Services resources.

* If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

* Amazon Web Services always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.

func (*Client) TagUser 

func (c *Client) TagUser(ctx context.Context, params *TagUserInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagUserOutput, error)

Adds one or more tags to an IAM user. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value. A tag consists of a key name and an associated value. By assigning tags to your resources, you can do the following:

* Administrative grouping and discovery - Attach tags to resources to aid in organization and search. For example, you could search for all resources with the key name Project and the value MyImportantProject. Or search for all resources with the key name Cost Center and the value 41200.

* Access control - Include tags in IAM user-based and resource-based policies. You can use tags to restrict access to only an IAM requesting user that has a specified tag attached. You can also restrict access to only those resources that have a certain tag attached. For examples of policies that show how to use tags to control access, see Control access using IAM tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

* Cost allocation - Use tags to help track which individuals and teams are using which Amazon Web Services resources.

* If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

* Amazon Web Services always interprets the tag Value as a single string. If you need to store an array, you can store comma-separated values in the string. However, you must interpret the value in your code.

For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) UntagInstanceProfile added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) UntagInstanceProfile(ctx context.Context, params *UntagInstanceProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagInstanceProfileOutput, error)

Removes the specified tags from the IAM instance profile. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) UntagMFADevice added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) UntagMFADevice(ctx context.Context, params *UntagMFADeviceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagMFADeviceOutput, error)

Removes the specified tags from the IAM virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) UntagOpenIDConnectProvider added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) UntagOpenIDConnectProvider(ctx context.Context, params *UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput, error)

Removes the specified tags from the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible identity provider in IAM. For more information about OIDC providers, see About web identity federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc.html). For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) UntagPolicy added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) UntagPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *UntagPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagPolicyOutput, error)

Removes the specified tags from the customer managed policy. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) UntagRole 

func (c *Client) UntagRole(ctx context.Context, params *UntagRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagRoleOutput, error)

Removes the specified tags from the role. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) UntagSAMLProvider added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) UntagSAMLProvider(ctx context.Context, params *UntagSAMLProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagSAMLProviderOutput, error)

Removes the specified tags from the specified Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider in IAM. For more information about these providers, see About web identity federation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc.html). For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) UntagServerCertificate added in v1.2.0 

func (c *Client) UntagServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *UntagServerCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagServerCertificateOutput, error)

Removes the specified tags from the IAM server certificate. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide. For certificates in a Region supported by Certificate Manager (ACM), we recommend that you don't use IAM server certificates. Instead, use ACM to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. For more information about IAM server certificates, Working with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) UntagUser 

func (c *Client) UntagUser(ctx context.Context, params *UntagUserInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagUserOutput, error)

Removes the specified tags from the user. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) UpdateAccessKey 

func (c *Client) UpdateAccessKey(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateAccessKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateAccessKeyOutput, error)

Changes the status of the specified access key from Active to Inactive, or vice versa. This operation can be used to disable a user's key as part of a key rotation workflow. If the UserName is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account root user credentials even if the Amazon Web Services account has no associated users. For information about rotating keys, see Managing keys and certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/ManagingCredentials.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy 

func (c *Client) UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyOutput, error)

Updates the password policy settings for the Amazon Web Services account. This operation does not support partial updates. No parameters are required, but if you do not specify a parameter, that parameter's value reverts to its default value. See the Request Parameters section for each parameter's default value. Also note that some parameters do not allow the default parameter to be explicitly set. Instead, to invoke the default value, do not include that parameter when you invoke the operation. For more information about using a password policy, see Managing an IAM password policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingPasswordPolicies.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) UpdateAssumeRolePolicy 

func (c *Client) UpdateAssumeRolePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateAssumeRolePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateAssumeRolePolicyOutput, error)

Updates the policy that grants an IAM entity permission to assume a role. This is typically referred to as the "role trust policy". For more information about roles, see Using roles to delegate permissions and federate identities (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html).

func (*Client) UpdateGroup 

func (c *Client) UpdateGroup(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateGroupInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateGroupOutput, error)

Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM group. You should understand the implications of changing a group's path or name. For more information, see Renaming users and groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_WorkingWithGroupsAndUsers.html) in the IAM User Guide. The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change the role group with the old name and the new name. For example, to change the group named Managers to MGRs, the principal must have a policy that allows them to update both groups. If the principal has permission to update the Managers group, but not the MGRs group, then the update fails. For more information about permissions, see Access management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access.html).

func (*Client) UpdateLoginProfile 

func (c *Client) UpdateLoginProfile(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateLoginProfileInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateLoginProfileOutput, error)

Changes the password for the specified IAM user. You can use the CLI, the Amazon Web Services API, or the Users page in the IAM console to change the password for any IAM user. Use ChangePassword to change your own password in the My Security Credentials page in the Amazon Web Services Management Console. For more information about modifying passwords, see Managing passwords (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_ManagingLogins.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint 

func (c *Client) UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintOutput, error)

Replaces the existing list of server certificate thumbprints associated with an OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object with a new list of thumbprints. The list that you pass with this operation completely replaces the existing list of thumbprints. (The lists are not merged.) Typically, you need to update a thumbprint only when the identity provider certificate changes, which occurs rarely. However, if the provider's certificate does change, any attempt to assume an IAM role that specifies the OIDC provider as a principal fails until the certificate thumbprint is updated. Amazon Web Services secures communication with some OIDC identity providers (IdPs) through our library of trusted certificate authorities (CAs) instead of using a certificate thumbprint to verify your IdP server certificate. These OIDC IdPs include Google, and those that use an Amazon S3 bucket to host a JSON Web Key Set (JWKS) endpoint. In these cases, your legacy thumbprint remains in your configuration, but is no longer used for validation. Trust for the OIDC provider is derived from the provider certificate and is validated by the thumbprint. Therefore, it is best to limit access to the UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprint operation to highly privileged users.

func (*Client) UpdateRole 

func (c *Client) UpdateRole(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateRoleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateRoleOutput, error)

Updates the description or maximum session duration setting of a role.

func (*Client) UpdateRoleDescription 

func (c *Client) UpdateRoleDescription(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateRoleDescriptionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateRoleDescriptionOutput, error)

Use UpdateRole instead. Modifies only the description of a role. This operation performs the same function as the Description parameter in the UpdateRole operation.

func (*Client) UpdateSAMLProvider 

func (c *Client) UpdateSAMLProvider(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateSAMLProviderInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateSAMLProviderOutput, error)

Updates the metadata document for an existing SAML provider resource object. This operation requires Signature Version 4 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html).

func (*Client) UpdateSSHPublicKey 

func (c *Client) UpdateSSHPublicKey(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateSSHPublicKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateSSHPublicKeyOutput, error)

Sets the status of an IAM user's SSH public key to active or inactive. SSH public keys that are inactive cannot be used for authentication. This operation can be used to disable a user's SSH public key as part of a key rotation work flow. The SSH public key affected by this operation is used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an CodeCommit repository, see Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) in the CodeCommit User Guide.

func (*Client) UpdateServerCertificate 

func (c *Client) UpdateServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateServerCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateServerCertificateOutput, error)

Updates the name and/or the path of the specified server certificate stored in IAM. For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) in the IAM User Guide. This topic also includes a list of Amazon Web Services services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. You should understand the implications of changing a server certificate's path or name. For more information, see Renaming a server certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs_manage.html#RenamingServerCerts) in the IAM User Guide. The person making the request (the principal), must have permission to change the server certificate with the old name and the new name. For example, to change the certificate named ProductionCert to ProdCert, the principal must have a policy that allows them to update both certificates. If the principal has permission to update the ProductionCert group, but not the ProdCert certificate, then the update fails. For more information about permissions, see Access management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) UpdateServiceSpecificCredential 

func (c *Client) UpdateServiceSpecificCredential(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateServiceSpecificCredentialInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateServiceSpecificCredentialOutput, error)

Sets the status of a service-specific credential to Active or Inactive. Service-specific credentials that are inactive cannot be used for authentication to the service. This operation can be used to disable a user's service-specific credential as part of a credential rotation work flow.

func (*Client) UpdateSigningCertificate 

func (c *Client) UpdateSigningCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateSigningCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateSigningCertificateOutput, error)

Changes the status of the specified user signing certificate from active to disabled, or vice versa. This operation can be used to disable an IAM user's signing certificate as part of a certificate rotation work flow. If the UserName field is not specified, the user name is determined implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account root user credentials even if the Amazon Web Services account has no associated users.

func (*Client) UpdateUser 

func (c *Client) UpdateUser(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateUserInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateUserOutput, error)

Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM user. You should understand the implications of changing an IAM user's path or name. For more information, see Renaming an IAM user (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_users_manage.html#id_users_renaming) and Renaming an IAM group (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_groups_manage_rename.html) in the IAM User Guide. To change a user name, the requester must have appropriate permissions on both the source object and the target object. For example, to change Bob to Robert, the entity making the request must have permission on Bob and Robert, or must have permission on all (*). For more information about permissions, see Permissions and policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/PermissionsAndPolicies.html).

func (*Client) UploadSSHPublicKey 

func (c *Client) UploadSSHPublicKey(ctx context.Context, params *UploadSSHPublicKeyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UploadSSHPublicKeyOutput, error)

Uploads an SSH public key and associates it with the specified IAM user. The SSH public key uploaded by this operation can be used only for authenticating the associated IAM user to an CodeCommit repository. For more information about using SSH keys to authenticate to an CodeCommit repository, see Set up CodeCommit for SSH connections (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/setting-up-credentials-ssh.html) in the CodeCommit User Guide.

func (*Client) UploadServerCertificate 

func (c *Client) UploadServerCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *UploadServerCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UploadServerCertificateOutput, error)

Uploads a server certificate entity for the Amazon Web Services account. The server certificate entity includes a public key certificate, a private key, and an optional certificate chain, which should all be PEM-encoded. We recommend that you use Certificate Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/) to provision, manage, and deploy your server certificates. With ACM you can request a certificate, deploy it to Amazon Web Services resources, and let ACM handle certificate renewals for you. Certificates provided by ACM are free. For more information about using ACM, see the Certificate Manager User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/). For more information about working with server certificates, see Working with server certificates (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) in the IAM User Guide. This topic includes a list of Amazon Web Services services that can use the server certificates that you manage with IAM. For information about the number of server certificates you can upload, see IAM and STS quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html) in the IAM User Guide. Because the body of the public key certificate, private key, and the certificate chain can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling UploadServerCertificate. For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the API, see Signing Amazon Web Services API requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, see Calling the API by making HTTP query requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/programming.html) in the IAM User Guide.

func (*Client) UploadSigningCertificate 

func (c *Client) UploadSigningCertificate(ctx context.Context, params *UploadSigningCertificateInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UploadSigningCertificateOutput, error)

Uploads an X.509 signing certificate and associates it with the specified IAM user. Some Amazon Web Services services require you to use certificates to validate requests that are signed with a corresponding private key. When you upload the certificate, its default status is Active. For information about when you would use an X.509 signing certificate, see Managing server certificates in IAM (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_server-certs.html) in the IAM User Guide. If the UserName is not specified, the IAM user name is determined implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID used to sign the request. This operation works for access keys under the Amazon Web Services account. Consequently, you can use this operation to manage Amazon Web Services account root user credentials even if the Amazon Web Services account has no associated users. Because the body of an X.509 certificate can be large, you should use POST rather than GET when calling UploadSigningCertificate. For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the API, see Signing Amazon Web Services API requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. For general information about using the Query API with IAM, see Making query requests (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html) in the IAM User Guide.

type CreateAccessKeyInput 

type CreateAccessKeyInput struct {

	// The name of the IAM user that the new key will belong to. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateAccessKeyOutput 

type CreateAccessKeyOutput struct {

	// A structure with details about the access key.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AccessKey *types.AccessKey

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful CreateAccessKey request.

type CreateAccountAliasInput 

type CreateAccountAliasInput struct {

	// The account alias to create. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of
	// lowercase letters, digits, and dashes. You cannot start or finish with a dash,
	// nor can you have two dashes in a row.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AccountAlias *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateAccountAliasOutput 

type CreateAccountAliasOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateGroupInput 

type CreateGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the group to create. Do not include the path in this value. IAM
	// user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. Names are
	// not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources named both
	// "MyResource" and "myresource".
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupName *string

	// The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) in the
	// IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults
	// to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of either a
	// forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward
	// slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021)
	// through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters,
	// digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	Path *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateGroupOutput 

type CreateGroupOutput struct {

	// A structure containing details about the new group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Group *types.Group

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful CreateGroup request.

type CreateInstanceProfileInput 

type CreateInstanceProfileInput struct {

	// The name of the instance profile to create. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters
	// consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You
	// can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceProfileName *string

	// The path to the instance profile. For more information about paths, see IAM
	// Identifiers
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) in the
	// IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults
	// to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of either a
	// forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward
	// slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021)
	// through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters,
	// digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	Path *string

	// A list of tags that you want to attach to the newly created IAM instance
	// profile. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more
	// information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User
	// Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum
	// number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateInstanceProfileOutput 

type CreateInstanceProfileOutput struct {

	// A structure containing details about the new instance profile.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceProfile *types.InstanceProfile

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful CreateInstanceProfile request.

type CreateLoginProfileInput 

type CreateLoginProfileInput struct {

	// The new password for the user. The regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) that is used to validate this parameter is a
	// string of characters. That string can include almost any printable ASCII
	// character from the space (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range
	// (\u00FF). You can also include the tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and
	// carriage return (\u000D) characters. Any of these characters are valid in a
	// password. However, many tools, such as the Amazon Web Services Management
	// Console, might restrict the ability to type certain characters because they have
	// special meaning within that tool.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Password *string

	// The name of the IAM user to create a password for. The user must already exist.
	// This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string

	// Specifies whether the user is required to set a new password on next sign-in.
	PasswordResetRequired bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateLoginProfileOutput 

type CreateLoginProfileOutput struct {

	// A structure containing the user name and password create date.
	//
	// This member is required.
	LoginProfile *types.LoginProfile

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful CreateLoginProfile request.

type CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput 

type CreateOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct {

	// A list of server certificate thumbprints for the OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity
	// provider's server certificates. Typically this list includes only one entry.
	// However, IAM lets you have up to five thumbprints for an OIDC provider. This
	// lets you maintain multiple thumbprints if the identity provider is rotating
	// certificates. The server certificate thumbprint is the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash
	// value of the X.509 certificate used by the domain where the OpenID Connect
	// provider makes its keys available. It is always a 40-character string. You must
	// provide at least one thumbprint when creating an IAM OIDC provider. For example,
	// assume that the OIDC provider is server.example.com and the provider stores its
	// keys at https://keys.server.example.com/openid-connect. In that case, the
	// thumbprint string would be the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value of the certificate
	// used by https://keys.server.example.com. For more information about obtaining
	// the OIDC provider thumbprint, see Obtaining the thumbprint for an OpenID Connect
	// provider
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/identity-providers-oidc-obtain-thumbprint.html)
	// in the IAM User Guide.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ThumbprintList []string

	// The URL of the identity provider. The URL must begin with https:// and should
	// correspond to the iss claim in the provider's OpenID Connect ID tokens. Per the
	// OIDC standard, path components are allowed but query parameters are not.
	// Typically the URL consists of only a hostname, like https://server.example.org
	// or https://example.com. The URL should not contain a port number. You cannot
	// register the same provider multiple times in a single Amazon Web Services
	// account. If you try to submit a URL that has already been used for an OpenID
	// Connect provider in the Amazon Web Services account, you will get an error.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Url *string

	// Provides a list of client IDs, also known as audiences. When a mobile or web app
	// registers with an OpenID Connect provider, they establish a value that
	// identifies the application. This is the value that's sent as the client_id
	// parameter on OAuth requests. You can register multiple client IDs with the same
	// provider. For example, you might have multiple applications that use the same
	// OIDC provider. You cannot register more than 100 client IDs with a single IAM
	// OIDC provider. There is no defined format for a client ID. The
	// CreateOpenIDConnectProviderRequest operation accepts client IDs up to 255
	// characters long.
	ClientIDList []string

	// A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC)
	// provider. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more
	// information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User
	// Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum
	// number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateOpenIDConnectProviderOutput 

type CreateOpenIDConnectProviderOutput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the new IAM OpenID Connect provider that is
	// created. For more information, see OpenIDConnectProviderListEntry.
	OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string

	// A list of tags that are attached to the new IAM OIDC provider. The returned list
	// of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging
	// IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in
	// the IAM User Guide.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful CreateOpenIDConnectProvider request.

type CreatePolicyInput 

type CreatePolicyInput struct {

	// The JSON policy document that you want to use as the content for the new policy.
	// You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for CloudFormation
	// templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format.
	// CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it
	// to IAM. The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this
	// operation, including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character
	// counts of a managed policy with no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length).
	// To learn more about JSON policy grammar, see Grammar of the IAM JSON policy
	// language
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_grammar.html)
	// in the IAM User Guide. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used
	// to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the
	// following:
	//
	// * Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character
	// (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range
	//
	// * The printable
	// characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through
	// \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage
	// return (\u000D)
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyDocument *string

	// The friendly name of the policy. IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be
	// unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you
	// cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource".
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyName *string

	// A friendly description of the policy. Typically used to store information about
	// the permissions defined in the policy. For example, "Grants access to production
	// DynamoDB tables." The policy description is immutable. After a value is
	// assigned, it cannot be changed.
	Description *string

	// The path for the policy. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) in the
	// IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults
	// to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of either a
	// forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward
	// slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021)
	// through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters,
	// digits, and upper and lowercased letters. You cannot use an asterisk (*) in the
	// path name.
	Path *string

	// A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM customer managed policy.
	// Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information
	// about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User
	// Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum
	// number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreatePolicyOutput 

type CreatePolicyOutput struct {

	// A structure containing details about the new policy.
	Policy *types.Policy

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful CreatePolicy request.

type CreatePolicyVersionInput 

type CreatePolicyVersionInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy to which you want to add a new
	// version. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyArn *string

	// The JSON policy document that you want to use as the content for this new
	// version of the policy. You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However,
	// for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in
	// JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format
	// before submitting it to IAM. The maximum length of the policy document that you
	// can pass in this operation, including whitespace, is listed below. To view the
	// maximum character counts of a managed policy with no whitespaces, see IAM and
	// STS character quotas
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length).
	// The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this
	// parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:
	//
	// * Any
	// printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the
	// end of the ASCII character range
	//
	// * The printable characters in the Basic Latin
	// and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters
	// tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyDocument *string

	// Specifies whether to set this version as the policy's default version. When this
	// parameter is true, the new policy version becomes the operative version. That
	// is, it becomes the version that is in effect for the IAM users, groups, and
	// roles that the policy is attached to. For more information about managed policy
	// versions, see Versioning for managed policies
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html)
	// in the IAM User Guide.
	SetAsDefault bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreatePolicyVersionOutput 

type CreatePolicyVersionOutput struct {

	// A structure containing details about the new policy version.
	PolicyVersion *types.PolicyVersion

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful CreatePolicyVersion request.

type CreateRoleInput 

type CreateRoleInput struct {

	// The trust relationship policy document that grants an entity permission to
	// assume the role. In IAM, you must provide a JSON policy that has been converted
	// to a string. However, for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can
	// provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML
	// policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM. The regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this parameter is a string of
	// characters consisting of the following:
	//
	// * Any printable ASCII character ranging
	// from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character
	// range
	//
	// * The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement
	// character set (through \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed
	// (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
	//
	// Upon success, the response includes the
	// same trust policy in JSON format.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AssumeRolePolicyDocument *string

	// The name of the role to create. IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be
	// unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you
	// cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource".
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string

	// A description of the role.
	Description *string

	// The maximum session duration (in seconds) that you want to set for the specified
	// role. If you do not specify a value for this setting, the default maximum of one
	// hour is applied. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours. Anyone
	// who assumes the role from the or API can use the DurationSeconds API parameter
	// or the duration-seconds CLI parameter to request a longer session. The
	// MaxSessionDuration setting determines the maximum duration that can be requested
	// using the DurationSeconds parameter. If users don't specify a value for the
	// DurationSeconds parameter, their security credentials are valid for one hour by
	// default. This applies when you use the AssumeRole* API operations or the
	// assume-role* CLI operations but does not apply when you use those operations to
	// create a console URL. For more information, see Using IAM roles
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html) in the IAM
	// User Guide.
	MaxSessionDuration *int32

	// The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) in the
	// IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults
	// to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of either a
	// forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward
	// slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021)
	// through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters,
	// digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	Path *string

	// The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the role.
	PermissionsBoundary *string

	// A list of tags that you want to attach to the new role. Each tag consists of a
	// key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see
	// Tagging IAM resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User
	// Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum
	// number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateRoleOutput 

type CreateRoleOutput struct {

	// A structure containing details about the new role.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Role *types.Role

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful CreateRole request.

type CreateSAMLProviderInput 

type CreateSAMLProviderInput struct {

	// The name of the provider to create. This parameter allows (through its regex
	// pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of
	// upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include
	// any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// An XML document generated by an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0.
	// The document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that
	// can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that are
	// received from the IdP. You must generate the metadata document using the
	// identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP. For more
	// information, see About SAML 2.0-based federation
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html)
	// in the IAM User Guide
	//
	// This member is required.
	SAMLMetadataDocument *string

	// A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM SAML provider. Each tag
	// consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about
	// tagging, see Tagging IAM resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User
	// Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum
	// number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSAMLProviderOutput 

type CreateSAMLProviderOutput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the new SAML provider resource in IAM.
	SAMLProviderArn *string

	// A list of tags that are attached to the new IAM SAML provider. The returned list
	// of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging
	// IAM resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in
	// the IAM User Guide.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful CreateSAMLProvider request.

type CreateServiceLinkedRoleInput 

type CreateServiceLinkedRoleInput struct {

	// The service principal for the Amazon Web Services service to which this role is
	// attached. You use a string similar to a URL but without the http:// in front.
	// For example: elasticbeanstalk.amazonaws.com. Service principals are unique and
	// case-sensitive. To find the exact service principal for your service-linked
	// role, see Amazon Web Services services that work with IAM
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_aws-services-that-work-with-iam.html)
	// in the IAM User Guide. Look for the services that have Yes in the Service-Linked
	// Role column. Choose the Yes link to view the service-linked role documentation
	// for that service.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AWSServiceName *string

	// A string that you provide, which is combined with the service-provided prefix to
	// form the complete role name. If you make multiple requests for the same service,
	// then you must supply a different CustomSuffix for each request. Otherwise the
	// request fails with a duplicate role name error. For example, you could add -1 or
	// -debug to the suffix. Some services do not support the CustomSuffix parameter.
	// If you provide an optional suffix and the operation fails, try the operation
	// again without the suffix.
	CustomSuffix *string

	// The description of the role.
	Description *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateServiceLinkedRoleOutput 

type CreateServiceLinkedRoleOutput struct {

	// A Role object that contains details about the newly created role.
	Role *types.Role

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateServiceSpecificCredentialInput 

type CreateServiceSpecificCredentialInput struct {

	// The name of the Amazon Web Services service that is to be associated with the
	// credentials. The service you specify here is the only service that can be
	// accessed using these credentials.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServiceName *string

	// The name of the IAM user that is to be associated with the credentials. The new
	// service-specific credentials have the same permissions as the associated user
	// except that they can be used only to access the specified service. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateServiceSpecificCredentialOutput 

type CreateServiceSpecificCredentialOutput struct {

	// A structure that contains information about the newly created service-specific
	// credential. This is the only time that the password for this credential set is
	// available. It cannot be recovered later. Instead, you must reset the password
	// with ResetServiceSpecificCredential.
	ServiceSpecificCredential *types.ServiceSpecificCredential

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateUserInput 

type CreateUserInput struct {

	// The name of the user to create. IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be
	// unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you
	// cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource".
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string

	// The path for the user name. For more information about paths, see IAM
	// identifiers
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) in the
	// IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults
	// to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of either a
	// forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward
	// slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021)
	// through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters,
	// digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	Path *string

	// The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the user.
	PermissionsBoundary *string

	// A list of tags that you want to attach to the new user. Each tag consists of a
	// key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see
	// Tagging IAM resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User
	// Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum
	// number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateUserOutput 

type CreateUserOutput struct {

	// A structure with details about the new IAM user.
	User *types.User

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful CreateUser request.

type CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput 

type CreateVirtualMFADeviceInput struct {

	// The name of the virtual MFA device. Use with path to uniquely identify a virtual
	// MFA device. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	VirtualMFADeviceName *string

	// The path for the virtual MFA device. For more information about paths, see IAM
	// identifiers
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) in the
	// IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults
	// to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of either a
	// forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward
	// slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021)
	// through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters,
	// digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	Path *string

	// A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM virtual MFA device. Each
	// tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about
	// tagging, see Tagging IAM resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User
	// Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum
	// number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateVirtualMFADeviceOutput 

type CreateVirtualMFADeviceOutput struct {

	// A structure containing details about the new virtual MFA device.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VirtualMFADevice *types.VirtualMFADevice

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful CreateVirtualMFADevice request.

type DeactivateMFADeviceInput 

type DeactivateMFADeviceInput struct {

	// The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA
	// devices, the serial number is the device ARN. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters
	// consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You
	// can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
	//
	// This member is required.
	SerialNumber *string

	// The name of the user whose MFA device you want to deactivate. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeactivateMFADeviceOutput 

type DeactivateMFADeviceOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteAccessKeyInput 

type DeleteAccessKeyInput struct {

	// The access key ID for the access key ID and secret access key you want to
	// delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters that can consist of
	// any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AccessKeyId *string

	// The name of the user whose access key pair you want to delete. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteAccessKeyOutput 

type DeleteAccessKeyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteAccountAliasInput 

type DeleteAccountAliasInput struct {

	// The name of the account alias to delete. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters
	// consisting of lowercase letters, digits, and dashes. You cannot start or finish
	// with a dash, nor can you have two dashes in a row.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AccountAlias *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteAccountAliasOutput 

type DeleteAccountAliasOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteAccountPasswordPolicyInput 

type DeleteAccountPasswordPolicyInput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteAccountPasswordPolicyOutput 

type DeleteAccountPasswordPolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteGroupInput 

type DeleteGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the IAM group to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex
	// pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of
	// upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include
	// any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteGroupOutput 

type DeleteGroupOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteGroupPolicyInput 

type DeleteGroupPolicyInput struct {

	// The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the group that the policy is
	// embedded in. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupName *string

	// The name identifying the policy document to delete. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteGroupPolicyOutput 

type DeleteGroupPolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteInstanceProfileInput 

type DeleteInstanceProfileInput struct {

	// The name of the instance profile to delete. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters
	// consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You
	// can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceProfileName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteInstanceProfileOutput 

type DeleteInstanceProfileOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteLoginProfileInput 

type DeleteLoginProfileInput struct {

	// The name of the user whose password you want to delete. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteLoginProfileOutput 

type DeleteLoginProfileOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderInput 

type DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OpenID Connect provider resource
	// object to delete. You can get a list of OpenID Connect provider resource ARNs by
	// using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation.
	//
	// This member is required.
	OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderOutput 

type DeleteOpenIDConnectProviderOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeletePolicyInput 

type DeletePolicyInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to delete. For more
	// information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeletePolicyOutput 

type DeletePolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeletePolicyVersionInput 

type DeletePolicyVersionInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy from which you want to delete a
	// version. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyArn *string

	// The policy version to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters that consists of the
	// lowercase letter 'v' followed by one or two digits, and optionally followed by a
	// period '.' and a string of letters and digits. For more information about
	// managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html)
	// in the IAM User Guide.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VersionId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeletePolicyVersionOutput 

type DeletePolicyVersionOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteRoleInput 

type DeleteRoleInput struct {

	// The name of the role to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteRoleOutput 

type DeleteRoleOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteRolePermissionsBoundaryInput 

type DeleteRolePermissionsBoundaryInput struct {

	// The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM role from which you want to remove
	// the permissions boundary.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteRolePermissionsBoundaryOutput 

type DeleteRolePermissionsBoundaryOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteRolePolicyInput 

type DeleteRolePolicyInput struct {

	// The name of the inline policy to delete from the specified IAM role. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyName *string

	// The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the role that the policy is
	// embedded in. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteRolePolicyOutput 

type DeleteRolePolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSAMLProviderInput 

type DeleteSAMLProviderInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SAMLProviderArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSAMLProviderOutput 

type DeleteSAMLProviderOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSSHPublicKeyInput 

type DeleteSSHPublicKeyInput struct {

	// The unique identifier for the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters that can
	// consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SSHPublicKeyId *string

	// The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSSHPublicKeyOutput 

type DeleteSSHPublicKeyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteServerCertificateInput 

type DeleteServerCertificateInput struct {

	// The name of the server certificate you want to delete. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServerCertificateName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteServerCertificateOutput 

type DeleteServerCertificateOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteServiceLinkedRoleInput 

type DeleteServiceLinkedRoleInput struct {

	// The name of the service-linked role to be deleted.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteServiceLinkedRoleOutput 

type DeleteServiceLinkedRoleOutput struct {

	// The deletion task identifier that you can use to check the status of the
	// deletion. This identifier is returned in the format task/aws-service-role///.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DeletionTaskId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteServiceSpecificCredentialInput 

type DeleteServiceSpecificCredentialInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the service-specific credential. You can get this value
	// by calling ListServiceSpecificCredentials. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters that can
	// consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServiceSpecificCredentialId *string

	// The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential. If
	// this value is not specified, then the operation assumes the user whose
	// credentials are used to call the operation. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters
	// consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You
	// can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteServiceSpecificCredentialOutput 

type DeleteServiceSpecificCredentialOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSigningCertificateInput 

type DeleteSigningCertificateInput struct {

	// The ID of the signing certificate to delete. The format of this parameter, as
	// described by its regex (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) pattern, is a string of
	// characters that can be upper- or lower-cased letters or digits.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CertificateId *string

	// The name of the user the signing certificate belongs to. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSigningCertificateOutput 

type DeleteSigningCertificateOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteUserInput 

type DeleteUserInput struct {

	// The name of the user to delete. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteUserOutput 

type DeleteUserOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteUserPermissionsBoundaryInput 

type DeleteUserPermissionsBoundaryInput struct {

	// The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user from which you want to remove
	// the permissions boundary.
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteUserPermissionsBoundaryOutput 

type DeleteUserPermissionsBoundaryOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteUserPolicyInput 

type DeleteUserPolicyInput struct {

	// The name identifying the policy document to delete. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyName *string

	// The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the user that the policy is
	// embedded in. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteUserPolicyOutput 

type DeleteUserPolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteVirtualMFADeviceInput 

type DeleteVirtualMFADeviceInput struct {

	// The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA
	// devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
	//
	// This member is required.
	SerialNumber *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteVirtualMFADeviceOutput 

type DeleteVirtualMFADeviceOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DetachGroupPolicyInput 

type DetachGroupPolicyInput struct {

	// The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM group to detach the policy from.
	// This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupName *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. For more
	// information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DetachGroupPolicyOutput 

type DetachGroupPolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DetachRolePolicyInput 

type DetachRolePolicyInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. For more
	// information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyArn *string

	// The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM role to detach the policy from.
	// This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DetachRolePolicyOutput 

type DetachRolePolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DetachUserPolicyInput 

type DetachUserPolicyInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach. For more
	// information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyArn *string

	// The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user to detach the policy from.
	// This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DetachUserPolicyOutput 

type DetachUserPolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableMFADeviceInput 

type EnableMFADeviceInput struct {

	// An authentication code emitted by the device. The format for this parameter is a
	// string of six digits. Submit your request immediately after generating the
	// authentication codes. If you generate the codes and then wait too long to submit
	// the request, the MFA device successfully associates with the user but the MFA
	// device becomes out of sync. This happens because time-based one-time passwords
	// (TOTP) expire after a short period of time. If this happens, you can resync the
	// device
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_mfa_sync.html).
	//
	// This member is required.
	AuthenticationCode1 *string

	// A subsequent authentication code emitted by the device. The format for this
	// parameter is a string of six digits. Submit your request immediately after
	// generating the authentication codes. If you generate the codes and then wait too
	// long to submit the request, the MFA device successfully associates with the user
	// but the MFA device becomes out of sync. This happens because time-based one-time
	// passwords (TOTP) expire after a short period of time. If this happens, you can
	// resync the device
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_mfa_sync.html).
	//
	// This member is required.
	AuthenticationCode2 *string

	// The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA
	// devices, the serial number is the device ARN. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters
	// consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You
	// can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
	//
	// This member is required.
	SerialNumber *string

	// The name of the IAM user for whom you want to enable the MFA device. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EnableMFADeviceOutput 

type EnableMFADeviceOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EndpointResolver 

type EndpointResolver interface {
	ResolveEndpoint(region string, options EndpointResolverOptions) (aws.Endpoint, error)
}

EndpointResolver interface for resolving service endpoints.

func EndpointResolverFromURL added in v1.1.0 

func EndpointResolverFromURL(url string, optFns ...func(*aws.Endpoint)) EndpointResolver

EndpointResolverFromURL returns an EndpointResolver configured using the provided endpoint url. By default, the resolved endpoint resolver uses the client region as signing region, and the endpoint source is set to EndpointSourceCustom.You can provide functional options to configure endpoint values for the resolved endpoint.

type EndpointResolverFunc 

type EndpointResolverFunc func(region string, options EndpointResolverOptions) (aws.Endpoint, error)

EndpointResolverFunc is a helper utility that wraps a function so it satisfies the EndpointResolver interface. This is useful when you want to add additional endpoint resolving logic, or stub out specific endpoints with custom values.

func (EndpointResolverFunc) ResolveEndpoint 

func (fn EndpointResolverFunc) ResolveEndpoint(region string, options EndpointResolverOptions) (endpoint aws.Endpoint, err error)

type EndpointResolverOptions added in v0.29.0 

type EndpointResolverOptions = internalendpoints.Options

EndpointResolverOptions is the service endpoint resolver options

type GenerateCredentialReportInput 

type GenerateCredentialReportInput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GenerateCredentialReportOutput 

type GenerateCredentialReportOutput struct {

	// Information about the credential report.
	Description *string

	// Information about the state of the credential report.
	State types.ReportStateType

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GenerateCredentialReport request.

type GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportInput 

type GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportInput struct {

	// The path of the Organizations entity (root, OU, or account). You can build an
	// entity path using the known structure of your organization. For example, assume
	// that your account ID is 123456789012 and its parent OU ID is ou-rge0-awsabcde.
	// The organization root ID is r-f6g7h8i9j0example and your organization ID is
	// o-a1b2c3d4e5. Your entity path is
	// o-a1b2c3d4e5/r-f6g7h8i9j0example/ou-rge0-awsabcde/123456789012.
	//
	// This member is required.
	EntityPath *string

	// The identifier of the Organizations service control policy (SCP). This parameter
	// is optional. This ID is used to generate information about when an account
	// principal that is limited by the SCP attempted to access an Amazon Web Services
	// service.
	OrganizationsPolicyId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportOutput 

type GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportOutput struct {

	// The job identifier that you can use in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport
	// operation.
	JobId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsInput 

type GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsInput struct {

	// The ARN of the IAM resource (user, group, role, or managed policy) used to
	// generate information about when the resource was last used in an attempt to
	// access an Amazon Web Services service.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Arn *string

	// The level of detail that you want to generate. You can specify whether you want
	// to generate information about the last attempt to access services or actions. If
	// you specify service-level granularity, this operation generates only service
	// data. If you specify action-level granularity, it generates service and action
	// data. If you don't include this optional parameter, the operation generates
	// service data.
	Granularity types.AccessAdvisorUsageGranularityType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsOutput 

type GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetailsOutput struct {

	// The JobId that you can use in the GetServiceLastAccessedDetails or
	// GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities operations. The JobId returned by
	// GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetail must be used by the same role within a
	// session, or by the same user when used to call GetServiceLastAccessedDetail.
	JobId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetAccessKeyLastUsedInput 

type GetAccessKeyLastUsedInput struct {

	// The identifier of an access key. This parameter allows (through its regex
	// pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters that can
	// consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AccessKeyId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetAccessKeyLastUsedOutput 

type GetAccessKeyLastUsedOutput struct {

	// Contains information about the last time the access key was used.
	AccessKeyLastUsed *types.AccessKeyLastUsed

	// The name of the IAM user that owns this access key.
	UserName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetAccessKeyLastUsed request. It is also returned as a member of the AccessKeyMetaData structure returned by the ListAccessKeys action.

type GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsAPIClient interface {
	GetAccountAuthorizationDetails(context.Context, *GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsOutput, error)
}

GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetAccountAuthorizationDetails operation.

type GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsInput 

type GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsInput struct {

	// A list of entity types used to filter the results. Only the entities that match
	// the types you specify are included in the output. Use the value
	// LocalManagedPolicy to include customer managed policies. The format for this
	// parameter is a comma-separated (if more than one) list of strings. Each string
	// value in the list must be one of the valid values listed below.
	Filter []types.EntityType

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsOutput 

type GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsOutput struct {

	// A list containing information about IAM groups.
	GroupDetailList []types.GroupDetail

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// A list containing information about managed policies.
	Policies []types.ManagedPolicyDetail

	// A list containing information about IAM roles.
	RoleDetailList []types.RoleDetail

	// A list containing information about IAM users.
	UserDetailList []types.UserDetail

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetAccountAuthorizationDetails request.

type GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsPaginator is a paginator for GetAccountAuthorizationDetails

func NewGetAccountAuthorizationDetailsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetAccountAuthorizationDetailsPaginator(client GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsAPIClient, params *GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsInput, optFns ...func(*GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsPaginatorOptions)) *GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsPaginator

NewGetAccountAuthorizationDetailsPaginator returns a new GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsPaginator

func (*GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetAccountAuthorizationDetails page.

type GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetAccountAuthorizationDetailsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetAccountAuthorizationDetails

type GetAccountPasswordPolicyInput 

type GetAccountPasswordPolicyInput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetAccountPasswordPolicyOutput 

type GetAccountPasswordPolicyOutput struct {

	// A structure that contains details about the account's password policy.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PasswordPolicy *types.PasswordPolicy

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetAccountPasswordPolicy request.

type GetAccountSummaryInput 

type GetAccountSummaryInput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetAccountSummaryOutput 

type GetAccountSummaryOutput struct {

	// A set of key–value pairs containing information about IAM entity usage and IAM
	// quotas.
	SummaryMap map[string]int32

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetAccountSummary request.

type GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyInput 

type GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyInput struct {

	// A list of policies for which you want the list of context keys referenced in
	// those policies. Each document is specified as a string containing the complete,
	// valid JSON text of an IAM policy. The regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this parameter is a string of
	// characters consisting of the following:
	//
	// * Any printable ASCII character ranging
	// from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character
	// range
	//
	// * The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement
	// character set (through \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed
	// (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyInputList []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyOutput 

type GetContextKeysForCustomPolicyOutput struct {

	// The list of context keys that are referenced in the input policies.
	ContextKeyNames []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy or GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy request.

type GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyInput 

type GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyInput struct {

	// The ARN of a user, group, or role whose policies contain the context keys that
	// you want listed. If you specify a user, the list includes context keys that are
	// found in all policies that are attached to the user. The list also includes all
	// groups that the user is a member of. If you pick a group or a role, then it
	// includes only those context keys that are found in policies attached to that
	// entity. Note that all parameters are shown in unencoded form here for clarity,
	// but must be URL encoded to be included as a part of a real HTML request. For
	// more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicySourceArn *string

	// An optional list of additional policies for which you want the list of context
	// keys that are referenced. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)
	// used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the
	// following:
	//
	// * Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character
	// (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range
	//
	// * The printable
	// characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through
	// \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage
	// return (\u000D)
	PolicyInputList []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyOutput 

type GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicyOutput struct {

	// The list of context keys that are referenced in the input policies.
	ContextKeyNames []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetContextKeysForPrincipalPolicy or GetContextKeysForCustomPolicy request.

type GetCredentialReportInput 

type GetCredentialReportInput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetCredentialReportOutput 

type GetCredentialReportOutput struct {

	// Contains the credential report. The report is Base64-encoded.
	Content []byte

	// The date and time when the credential report was created, in ISO 8601 date-time
	// format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601).
	GeneratedTime *time.Time

	// The format (MIME type) of the credential report.
	ReportFormat types.ReportFormatType

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetCredentialReport request.

type GetGroupAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetGroupAPIClient interface {
	GetGroup(context.Context, *GetGroupInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetGroupOutput, error)
}

GetGroupAPIClient is a client that implements the GetGroup operation.

type GetGroupInput 

type GetGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the group. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupName *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetGroupOutput 

type GetGroupOutput struct {

	// A structure that contains details about the group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Group *types.Group

	// A list of users in the group.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Users []types.User

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetGroup request.

type GetGroupPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetGroupPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetGroupPaginator is a paginator for GetGroup

func NewGetGroupPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetGroupPaginator(client GetGroupAPIClient, params *GetGroupInput, optFns ...func(*GetGroupPaginatorOptions)) *GetGroupPaginator

NewGetGroupPaginator returns a new GetGroupPaginator

func (*GetGroupPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetGroupPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetGroupPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetGroupPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetGroupOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetGroup page.

type GetGroupPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetGroupPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetGroupPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetGroup

type GetGroupPolicyInput 

type GetGroupPolicyInput struct {

	// The name of the group the policy is associated with. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupName *string

	// The name of the policy document to get. This parameter allows (through its regex
	// pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of
	// upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include
	// any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetGroupPolicyOutput 

type GetGroupPolicyOutput struct {

	// The group the policy is associated with.
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupName *string

	// The policy document. IAM stores policies in JSON format. However, resources that
	// were created using CloudFormation templates can be formatted in YAML.
	// CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it
	// to IAM.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyDocument *string

	// The name of the policy.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetGroupPolicy request.

type GetInstanceProfileAPIClient added in v0.31.0 

type GetInstanceProfileAPIClient interface {
	GetInstanceProfile(context.Context, *GetInstanceProfileInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetInstanceProfileOutput, error)
}

GetInstanceProfileAPIClient is a client that implements the GetInstanceProfile operation.

type GetInstanceProfileInput 

type GetInstanceProfileInput struct {

	// The name of the instance profile to get information about. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceProfileName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetInstanceProfileOutput 

type GetInstanceProfileOutput struct {

	// A structure containing details about the instance profile.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceProfile *types.InstanceProfile

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetInstanceProfile request.

type GetLoginProfileInput 

type GetLoginProfileInput struct {

	// The name of the user whose login profile you want to retrieve. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetLoginProfileOutput 

type GetLoginProfileOutput struct {

	// A structure containing the user name and the profile creation date for the user.
	//
	// This member is required.
	LoginProfile *types.LoginProfile

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetLoginProfile request.

type GetOpenIDConnectProviderInput 

type GetOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the OIDC provider resource object in IAM to
	// get information for. You can get a list of OIDC provider resource ARNs by using
	// the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation. For more information about ARNs, see
	// Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetOpenIDConnectProviderOutput 

type GetOpenIDConnectProviderOutput struct {

	// A list of client IDs (also known as audiences) that are associated with the
	// specified IAM OIDC provider resource object. For more information, see
	// CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.
	ClientIDList []string

	// The date and time when the IAM OIDC provider resource object was created in the
	// Amazon Web Services account.
	CreateDate *time.Time

	// A list of tags that are attached to the specified IAM OIDC provider. The
	// returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging,
	// see Tagging IAM resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User
	// Guide.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// A list of certificate thumbprints that are associated with the specified IAM
	// OIDC provider resource object. For more information, see
	// CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.
	ThumbprintList []string

	// The URL that the IAM OIDC provider resource object is associated with. For more
	// information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.
	Url *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetOpenIDConnectProvider request.

type GetOrganizationsAccessReportInput 

type GetOrganizationsAccessReportInput struct {

	// The identifier of the request generated by the GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport
	// operation.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobId *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32

	// The key that is used to sort the results. If you choose the namespace key, the
	// results are returned in alphabetical order. If you choose the time key, the
	// results are sorted numerically by the date and time.
	SortKey types.SortKeyType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetOrganizationsAccessReportOutput 

type GetOrganizationsAccessReportOutput struct {

	// The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format
	// (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), when the report job was created.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobCreationDate *time.Time

	// The status of the job.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobStatus types.JobStatusType

	// An object that contains details about the most recent attempt to access the
	// service.
	AccessDetails []types.AccessDetail

	// Contains information about the reason that the operation failed. This data type
	// is used as a response element in the GetOrganizationsAccessReport,
	// GetServiceLastAccessedDetails, and GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities
	// operations.
	ErrorDetails *types.ErrorDetails

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format
	// (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), when the generated report job was completed or
	// failed. This field is null if the job is still in progress, as indicated by a
	// job status value of IN_PROGRESS.
	JobCompletionDate *time.Time

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// The number of services that the applicable SCPs allow account principals to
	// access.
	NumberOfServicesAccessible *int32

	// The number of services that account principals are allowed but did not attempt
	// to access.
	NumberOfServicesNotAccessed *int32

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetPolicyAPIClient added in v1.7.0 

type GetPolicyAPIClient interface {
	GetPolicy(context.Context, *GetPolicyInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetPolicyOutput, error)
}

GetPolicyAPIClient is a client that implements the GetPolicy operation.

type GetPolicyInput 

type GetPolicyInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed policy that you want information
	// about. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetPolicyOutput 

type GetPolicyOutput struct {

	// A structure containing details about the policy.
	Policy *types.Policy

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetPolicy request.

type GetPolicyVersionInput 

type GetPolicyVersionInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed policy that you want information
	// about. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyArn *string

	// Identifies the policy version to retrieve. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters that
	// consists of the lowercase letter 'v' followed by one or two digits, and
	// optionally followed by a period '.' and a string of letters and digits.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VersionId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetPolicyVersionOutput 

type GetPolicyVersionOutput struct {

	// A structure containing details about the policy version.
	PolicyVersion *types.PolicyVersion

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetPolicyVersion request.

type GetRoleAPIClient added in v1.7.0 

type GetRoleAPIClient interface {
	GetRole(context.Context, *GetRoleInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetRoleOutput, error)
}

GetRoleAPIClient is a client that implements the GetRole operation.

type GetRoleInput 

type GetRoleInput struct {

	// The name of the IAM role to get information about. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetRoleOutput 

type GetRoleOutput struct {

	// A structure containing details about the IAM role.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Role *types.Role

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetRole request.

type GetRolePolicyInput 

type GetRolePolicyInput struct {

	// The name of the policy document to get. This parameter allows (through its regex
	// pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of
	// upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include
	// any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyName *string

	// The name of the role associated with the policy. This parameter allows (through
	// its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters
	// consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You
	// can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetRolePolicyOutput 

type GetRolePolicyOutput struct {

	// The policy document. IAM stores policies in JSON format. However, resources that
	// were created using CloudFormation templates can be formatted in YAML.
	// CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it
	// to IAM.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyDocument *string

	// The name of the policy.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyName *string

	// The role the policy is associated with.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetRolePolicy request.

type GetSAMLProviderInput 

type GetSAMLProviderInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider resource object in IAM to
	// get information about. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource
	// Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SAMLProviderArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSAMLProviderOutput 

type GetSAMLProviderOutput struct {

	// The date and time when the SAML provider was created.
	CreateDate *time.Time

	// The XML metadata document that includes information about an identity provider.
	SAMLMetadataDocument *string

	// A list of tags that are attached to the specified IAM SAML provider. The
	// returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging,
	// see Tagging IAM resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User
	// Guide.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// The expiration date and time for the SAML provider.
	ValidUntil *time.Time

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetSAMLProvider request.

type GetSSHPublicKeyInput 

type GetSSHPublicKeyInput struct {

	// Specifies the public key encoding format to use in the response. To retrieve the
	// public key in ssh-rsa format, use SSH. To retrieve the public key in PEM format,
	// use PEM.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Encoding types.EncodingType

	// The unique identifier for the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters that can
	// consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SSHPublicKeyId *string

	// The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSSHPublicKeyOutput 

type GetSSHPublicKeyOutput struct {

	// A structure containing details about the SSH public key.
	SSHPublicKey *types.SSHPublicKey

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetSSHPublicKey request.

type GetServerCertificateInput 

type GetServerCertificateInput struct {

	// The name of the server certificate you want to retrieve information about. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServerCertificateName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetServerCertificateOutput 

type GetServerCertificateOutput struct {

	// A structure containing details about the server certificate.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServerCertificate *types.ServerCertificate

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetServerCertificate request.

type GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsInput 

type GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsInput struct {

	// The ID of the request generated by the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails
	// operation. The JobId returned by GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetail must be used
	// by the same role within a session, or by the same user when used to call
	// GetServiceLastAccessedDetail.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobId *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsOutput 

type GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsOutput struct {

	// The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format
	// (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), when the generated report job was completed or
	// failed. This field is null if the job is still in progress, as indicated by a
	// job status value of IN_PROGRESS.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobCompletionDate *time.Time

	// The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format
	// (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), when the report job was created.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobCreationDate *time.Time

	// The status of the job.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobStatus types.JobStatusType

	// A ServiceLastAccessed object that contains details about the most recent attempt
	// to access the service.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServicesLastAccessed []types.ServiceLastAccessed

	// An object that contains details about the reason the operation failed.
	Error *types.ErrorDetails

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// The type of job. Service jobs return information about when each service was
	// last accessed. Action jobs also include information about when tracked actions
	// within the service were last accessed.
	JobType types.AccessAdvisorUsageGranularityType

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesInput 

type GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesInput struct {

	// The ID of the request generated by the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails
	// operation.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobId *string

	// The service namespace for an Amazon Web Services service. Provide the service
	// namespace to learn when the IAM entity last attempted to access the specified
	// service. To learn the service namespace for a service, see Actions, resources,
	// and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html)
	// in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that
	// service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service
	// prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see Amazon Web
	// Services service namespaces
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces)
	// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServiceNamespace *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesOutput 

type GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntitiesOutput struct {

	// An EntityDetailsList object that contains details about when an IAM entity (user
	// or role) used group or policy permissions in an attempt to access the specified
	// Amazon Web Services service.
	//
	// This member is required.
	EntityDetailsList []types.EntityDetails

	// The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format
	// (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), when the generated report job was completed or
	// failed. This field is null if the job is still in progress, as indicated by a
	// job status value of IN_PROGRESS.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobCompletionDate *time.Time

	// The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format
	// (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), when the report job was created.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobCreationDate *time.Time

	// The status of the job.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobStatus types.JobStatusType

	// An object that contains details about the reason the operation failed.
	Error *types.ErrorDetails

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusInput 

type GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusInput struct {

	// The deletion task identifier. This identifier is returned by the
	// DeleteServiceLinkedRole operation in the format task/aws-service-role///.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DeletionTaskId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusOutput 

type GetServiceLinkedRoleDeletionStatusOutput struct {

	// The status of the deletion.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Status types.DeletionTaskStatusType

	// An object that contains details about the reason the deletion failed.
	Reason *types.DeletionTaskFailureReasonType

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetUserAPIClient added in v1.7.0 

type GetUserAPIClient interface {
	GetUser(context.Context, *GetUserInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetUserOutput, error)
}

GetUserAPIClient is a client that implements the GetUser operation.

type GetUserInput 

type GetUserInput struct {

	// The name of the user to get information about. This parameter is optional. If it
	// is not included, it defaults to the user making the request. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetUserOutput 

type GetUserOutput struct {

	// A structure containing details about the IAM user. Due to a service issue,
	// password last used data does not include password use from May 3, 2018 22:50 PDT
	// to May 23, 2018 14:08 PDT. This affects last sign-in
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_finding-unused.html)
	// dates shown in the IAM console and password last used dates in the IAM
	// credential report
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_getting-report.html),
	// and returned by this operation. If users signed in during the affected time, the
	// password last used date that is returned is the date the user last signed in
	// before May 3, 2018. For users that signed in after May 23, 2018 14:08 PDT, the
	// returned password last used date is accurate. You can use password last used
	// information to identify unused credentials for deletion. For example, you might
	// delete users who did not sign in to Amazon Web Services in the last 90 days. In
	// cases like this, we recommend that you adjust your evaluation window to include
	// dates after May 23, 2018. Alternatively, if your users use access keys to access
	// Amazon Web Services programmatically you can refer to access key last used
	// information because it is accurate for all dates.
	//
	// This member is required.
	User *types.User

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetUser request.

type GetUserPolicyInput 

type GetUserPolicyInput struct {

	// The name of the policy document to get. This parameter allows (through its regex
	// pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of
	// upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include
	// any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyName *string

	// The name of the user who the policy is associated with. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetUserPolicyOutput 

type GetUserPolicyOutput struct {

	// The policy document. IAM stores policies in JSON format. However, resources that
	// were created using CloudFormation templates can be formatted in YAML.
	// CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it
	// to IAM.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyDocument *string

	// The name of the policy.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyName *string

	// The user the policy is associated with.
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful GetUserPolicy request.

type HTTPClient 

type HTTPClient interface {
	Do(*http.Request) (*http.Response, error)
}

type HTTPSignerV4 

type HTTPSignerV4 interface {
	SignHTTP(ctx context.Context, credentials aws.Credentials, r *http.Request, payloadHash string, service string, region string, signingTime time.Time, optFns ...func(*v4.SignerOptions)) error
}

type InstanceProfileExistsWaiter added in v0.31.0 

type InstanceProfileExistsWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

InstanceProfileExistsWaiter defines the waiters for InstanceProfileExists

func NewInstanceProfileExistsWaiter added in v0.31.0 

func NewInstanceProfileExistsWaiter(client GetInstanceProfileAPIClient, optFns ...func(*InstanceProfileExistsWaiterOptions)) *InstanceProfileExistsWaiter

NewInstanceProfileExistsWaiter constructs a InstanceProfileExistsWaiter.

func (*InstanceProfileExistsWaiter) Wait added in v0.31.0 

func (w *InstanceProfileExistsWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *GetInstanceProfileInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*InstanceProfileExistsWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for InstanceProfileExists waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*InstanceProfileExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.13.0 

func (w *InstanceProfileExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *GetInstanceProfileInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*InstanceProfileExistsWaiterOptions)) (*GetInstanceProfileOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for InstanceProfileExists waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type InstanceProfileExistsWaiterOptions added in v0.31.0 

type InstanceProfileExistsWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// InstanceProfileExistsWaiter will use default minimum delay of 1 seconds. Note
	// that MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, InstanceProfileExistsWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds.
	// Note that MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *GetInstanceProfileInput, *GetInstanceProfileOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

InstanceProfileExistsWaiterOptions are waiter options for InstanceProfileExistsWaiter

type ListAccessKeysAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListAccessKeysAPIClient interface {
	ListAccessKeys(context.Context, *ListAccessKeysInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListAccessKeysOutput, error)
}

ListAccessKeysAPIClient is a client that implements the ListAccessKeys operation.

type ListAccessKeysInput 

type ListAccessKeysInput struct {

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32

	// The name of the user. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListAccessKeysOutput 

type ListAccessKeysOutput struct {

	// A list of objects containing metadata about the access keys.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AccessKeyMetadata []types.AccessKeyMetadata

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListAccessKeys request.

type ListAccessKeysPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListAccessKeysPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListAccessKeysPaginator is a paginator for ListAccessKeys

func NewListAccessKeysPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListAccessKeysPaginator(client ListAccessKeysAPIClient, params *ListAccessKeysInput, optFns ...func(*ListAccessKeysPaginatorOptions)) *ListAccessKeysPaginator

NewListAccessKeysPaginator returns a new ListAccessKeysPaginator

func (*ListAccessKeysPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListAccessKeysPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListAccessKeysPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListAccessKeysPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListAccessKeysOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListAccessKeys page.

type ListAccessKeysPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListAccessKeysPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListAccessKeysPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListAccessKeys

type ListAccountAliasesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListAccountAliasesAPIClient interface {
	ListAccountAliases(context.Context, *ListAccountAliasesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListAccountAliasesOutput, error)
}

ListAccountAliasesAPIClient is a client that implements the ListAccountAliases operation.

type ListAccountAliasesInput 

type ListAccountAliasesInput struct {

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListAccountAliasesOutput 

type ListAccountAliasesOutput struct {

	// A list of aliases associated with the account. Amazon Web Services supports only
	// one alias per account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AccountAliases []string

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListAccountAliases request.

type ListAccountAliasesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListAccountAliasesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListAccountAliasesPaginator is a paginator for ListAccountAliases

func NewListAccountAliasesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListAccountAliasesPaginator(client ListAccountAliasesAPIClient, params *ListAccountAliasesInput, optFns ...func(*ListAccountAliasesPaginatorOptions)) *ListAccountAliasesPaginator

NewListAccountAliasesPaginator returns a new ListAccountAliasesPaginator

func (*ListAccountAliasesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListAccountAliasesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListAccountAliasesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListAccountAliasesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListAccountAliasesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListAccountAliases page.

type ListAccountAliasesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListAccountAliasesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListAccountAliasesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListAccountAliases

type ListAttachedGroupPoliciesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListAttachedGroupPoliciesAPIClient interface {
	ListAttachedGroupPolicies(context.Context, *ListAttachedGroupPoliciesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListAttachedGroupPoliciesOutput, error)
}

ListAttachedGroupPoliciesAPIClient is a client that implements the ListAttachedGroupPolicies operation.

type ListAttachedGroupPoliciesInput 

type ListAttachedGroupPoliciesInput struct {

	// The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the group to list attached policies for.
	// This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupName *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32

	// The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is
	// not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that
	// must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII
	// character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most
	// punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	PathPrefix *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListAttachedGroupPoliciesOutput 

type ListAttachedGroupPoliciesOutput struct {

	// A list of the attached policies.
	AttachedPolicies []types.AttachedPolicy

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListAttachedGroupPolicies request.

type ListAttachedGroupPoliciesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListAttachedGroupPoliciesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListAttachedGroupPoliciesPaginator is a paginator for ListAttachedGroupPolicies

func NewListAttachedGroupPoliciesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListAttachedGroupPoliciesPaginator(client ListAttachedGroupPoliciesAPIClient, params *ListAttachedGroupPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*ListAttachedGroupPoliciesPaginatorOptions)) *ListAttachedGroupPoliciesPaginator

NewListAttachedGroupPoliciesPaginator returns a new ListAttachedGroupPoliciesPaginator

func (*ListAttachedGroupPoliciesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListAttachedGroupPoliciesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListAttachedGroupPoliciesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListAttachedGroupPoliciesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListAttachedGroupPoliciesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListAttachedGroupPolicies page.

type ListAttachedGroupPoliciesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListAttachedGroupPoliciesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListAttachedGroupPoliciesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListAttachedGroupPolicies

type ListAttachedRolePoliciesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListAttachedRolePoliciesAPIClient interface {
	ListAttachedRolePolicies(context.Context, *ListAttachedRolePoliciesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListAttachedRolePoliciesOutput, error)
}

ListAttachedRolePoliciesAPIClient is a client that implements the ListAttachedRolePolicies operation.

type ListAttachedRolePoliciesInput 

type ListAttachedRolePoliciesInput struct {

	// The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the role to list attached policies for.
	// This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32

	// The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is
	// not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that
	// must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII
	// character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most
	// punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	PathPrefix *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListAttachedRolePoliciesOutput 

type ListAttachedRolePoliciesOutput struct {

	// A list of the attached policies.
	AttachedPolicies []types.AttachedPolicy

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListAttachedRolePolicies request.

type ListAttachedRolePoliciesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListAttachedRolePoliciesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListAttachedRolePoliciesPaginator is a paginator for ListAttachedRolePolicies

func NewListAttachedRolePoliciesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListAttachedRolePoliciesPaginator(client ListAttachedRolePoliciesAPIClient, params *ListAttachedRolePoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*ListAttachedRolePoliciesPaginatorOptions)) *ListAttachedRolePoliciesPaginator

NewListAttachedRolePoliciesPaginator returns a new ListAttachedRolePoliciesPaginator

func (*ListAttachedRolePoliciesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListAttachedRolePoliciesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListAttachedRolePoliciesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListAttachedRolePoliciesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListAttachedRolePoliciesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListAttachedRolePolicies page.

type ListAttachedRolePoliciesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListAttachedRolePoliciesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListAttachedRolePoliciesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListAttachedRolePolicies

type ListAttachedUserPoliciesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListAttachedUserPoliciesAPIClient interface {
	ListAttachedUserPolicies(context.Context, *ListAttachedUserPoliciesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListAttachedUserPoliciesOutput, error)
}

ListAttachedUserPoliciesAPIClient is a client that implements the ListAttachedUserPolicies operation.

type ListAttachedUserPoliciesInput 

type ListAttachedUserPoliciesInput struct {

	// The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the user to list attached policies for.
	// This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32

	// The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is
	// not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that
	// must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII
	// character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most
	// punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	PathPrefix *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListAttachedUserPoliciesOutput 

type ListAttachedUserPoliciesOutput struct {

	// A list of the attached policies.
	AttachedPolicies []types.AttachedPolicy

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListAttachedUserPolicies request.

type ListAttachedUserPoliciesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListAttachedUserPoliciesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListAttachedUserPoliciesPaginator is a paginator for ListAttachedUserPolicies

func NewListAttachedUserPoliciesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListAttachedUserPoliciesPaginator(client ListAttachedUserPoliciesAPIClient, params *ListAttachedUserPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*ListAttachedUserPoliciesPaginatorOptions)) *ListAttachedUserPoliciesPaginator

NewListAttachedUserPoliciesPaginator returns a new ListAttachedUserPoliciesPaginator

func (*ListAttachedUserPoliciesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListAttachedUserPoliciesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListAttachedUserPoliciesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListAttachedUserPoliciesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListAttachedUserPoliciesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListAttachedUserPolicies page.

type ListAttachedUserPoliciesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListAttachedUserPoliciesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListAttachedUserPoliciesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListAttachedUserPolicies

type ListEntitiesForPolicyAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListEntitiesForPolicyAPIClient interface {
	ListEntitiesForPolicy(context.Context, *ListEntitiesForPolicyInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListEntitiesForPolicyOutput, error)
}

ListEntitiesForPolicyAPIClient is a client that implements the ListEntitiesForPolicy operation.

type ListEntitiesForPolicyInput 

type ListEntitiesForPolicyInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy for which you want the
	// versions. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyArn *string

	// The entity type to use for filtering the results. For example, when EntityFilter
	// is Role, only the roles that are attached to the specified policy are returned.
	// This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all attached entities (users,
	// groups, and roles) are returned. The argument for this parameter must be one of
	// the valid values listed below.
	EntityFilter types.EntityType

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32

	// The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is
	// not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all entities. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that
	// must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII
	// character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most
	// punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	PathPrefix *string

	// The policy usage method to use for filtering the results. To list only
	// permissions policies, set PolicyUsageFilter to PermissionsPolicy. To list only
	// the policies used to set permissions boundaries, set the value to
	// PermissionsBoundary. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all
	// policies are returned.
	PolicyUsageFilter types.PolicyUsageType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListEntitiesForPolicyOutput 

type ListEntitiesForPolicyOutput struct {

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// A list of IAM groups that the policy is attached to.
	PolicyGroups []types.PolicyGroup

	// A list of IAM roles that the policy is attached to.
	PolicyRoles []types.PolicyRole

	// A list of IAM users that the policy is attached to.
	PolicyUsers []types.PolicyUser

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListEntitiesForPolicy request.

type ListEntitiesForPolicyPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListEntitiesForPolicyPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListEntitiesForPolicyPaginator is a paginator for ListEntitiesForPolicy

func NewListEntitiesForPolicyPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListEntitiesForPolicyPaginator(client ListEntitiesForPolicyAPIClient, params *ListEntitiesForPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*ListEntitiesForPolicyPaginatorOptions)) *ListEntitiesForPolicyPaginator

NewListEntitiesForPolicyPaginator returns a new ListEntitiesForPolicyPaginator

func (*ListEntitiesForPolicyPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListEntitiesForPolicyPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListEntitiesForPolicyPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListEntitiesForPolicyPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListEntitiesForPolicyOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListEntitiesForPolicy page.

type ListEntitiesForPolicyPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListEntitiesForPolicyPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListEntitiesForPolicyPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListEntitiesForPolicy

type ListGroupPoliciesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListGroupPoliciesAPIClient interface {
	ListGroupPolicies(context.Context, *ListGroupPoliciesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListGroupPoliciesOutput, error)
}

ListGroupPoliciesAPIClient is a client that implements the ListGroupPolicies operation.

type ListGroupPoliciesInput 

type ListGroupPoliciesInput struct {

	// The name of the group to list policies for. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters
	// consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You
	// can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupName *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListGroupPoliciesOutput 

type ListGroupPoliciesOutput struct {

	// A list of policy names. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyNames []string

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListGroupPolicies request.

type ListGroupPoliciesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListGroupPoliciesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListGroupPoliciesPaginator is a paginator for ListGroupPolicies

func NewListGroupPoliciesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListGroupPoliciesPaginator(client ListGroupPoliciesAPIClient, params *ListGroupPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*ListGroupPoliciesPaginatorOptions)) *ListGroupPoliciesPaginator

NewListGroupPoliciesPaginator returns a new ListGroupPoliciesPaginator

func (*ListGroupPoliciesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListGroupPoliciesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListGroupPoliciesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListGroupPoliciesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListGroupPoliciesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListGroupPolicies page.

type ListGroupPoliciesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListGroupPoliciesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListGroupPoliciesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListGroupPolicies

type ListGroupsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListGroupsAPIClient interface {
	ListGroups(context.Context, *ListGroupsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListGroupsOutput, error)
}

ListGroupsAPIClient is a client that implements the ListGroups operation.

type ListGroupsForUserAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListGroupsForUserAPIClient interface {
	ListGroupsForUser(context.Context, *ListGroupsForUserInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListGroupsForUserOutput, error)
}

ListGroupsForUserAPIClient is a client that implements the ListGroupsForUser operation.

type ListGroupsForUserInput 

type ListGroupsForUserInput struct {

	// The name of the user to list groups for. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters
	// consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You
	// can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListGroupsForUserOutput 

type ListGroupsForUserOutput struct {

	// A list of groups.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Groups []types.Group

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListGroupsForUser request.

type ListGroupsForUserPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListGroupsForUserPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListGroupsForUserPaginator is a paginator for ListGroupsForUser

func NewListGroupsForUserPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListGroupsForUserPaginator(client ListGroupsForUserAPIClient, params *ListGroupsForUserInput, optFns ...func(*ListGroupsForUserPaginatorOptions)) *ListGroupsForUserPaginator

NewListGroupsForUserPaginator returns a new ListGroupsForUserPaginator

func (*ListGroupsForUserPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListGroupsForUserPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListGroupsForUserPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListGroupsForUserPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListGroupsForUserOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListGroupsForUser page.

type ListGroupsForUserPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListGroupsForUserPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListGroupsForUserPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListGroupsForUser

type ListGroupsInput 

type ListGroupsInput struct {

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32

	// The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix
	// /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/ gets all groups whose path starts with
	// /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/. This parameter is optional. If it is not
	// included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all groups. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that
	// must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII
	// character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most
	// punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	PathPrefix *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListGroupsOutput 

type ListGroupsOutput struct {

	// A list of groups.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Groups []types.Group

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListGroups request.

type ListGroupsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListGroupsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListGroupsPaginator is a paginator for ListGroups

func NewListGroupsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListGroupsPaginator(client ListGroupsAPIClient, params *ListGroupsInput, optFns ...func(*ListGroupsPaginatorOptions)) *ListGroupsPaginator

NewListGroupsPaginator returns a new ListGroupsPaginator

func (*ListGroupsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListGroupsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListGroupsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListGroupsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListGroupsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListGroups page.

type ListGroupsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListGroupsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListGroupsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListGroups

type ListInstanceProfileTagsInput added in v1.2.0 

type ListInstanceProfileTagsInput struct {

	// The name of the IAM instance profile whose tags you want to see. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceProfileName *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput added in v1.2.0 

type ListInstanceProfileTagsOutput struct {

	// The list of tags that are currently attached to the IAM instance profile. Each
	// tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to
	// the specified resource, the response contains an empty list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListInstanceProfilesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListInstanceProfilesAPIClient interface {
	ListInstanceProfiles(context.Context, *ListInstanceProfilesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListInstanceProfilesOutput, error)
}

ListInstanceProfilesAPIClient is a client that implements the ListInstanceProfiles operation.

type ListInstanceProfilesForRoleAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListInstanceProfilesForRoleAPIClient interface {
	ListInstanceProfilesForRole(context.Context, *ListInstanceProfilesForRoleInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListInstanceProfilesForRoleOutput, error)
}

ListInstanceProfilesForRoleAPIClient is a client that implements the ListInstanceProfilesForRole operation.

type ListInstanceProfilesForRoleInput 

type ListInstanceProfilesForRoleInput struct {

	// The name of the role to list instance profiles for. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListInstanceProfilesForRoleOutput 

type ListInstanceProfilesForRoleOutput struct {

	// A list of instance profiles.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceProfiles []types.InstanceProfile

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListInstanceProfilesForRole request.

type ListInstanceProfilesForRolePaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListInstanceProfilesForRolePaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListInstanceProfilesForRolePaginator is a paginator for ListInstanceProfilesForRole

func NewListInstanceProfilesForRolePaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListInstanceProfilesForRolePaginator(client ListInstanceProfilesForRoleAPIClient, params *ListInstanceProfilesForRoleInput, optFns ...func(*ListInstanceProfilesForRolePaginatorOptions)) *ListInstanceProfilesForRolePaginator

NewListInstanceProfilesForRolePaginator returns a new ListInstanceProfilesForRolePaginator

func (*ListInstanceProfilesForRolePaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListInstanceProfilesForRolePaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListInstanceProfilesForRolePaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListInstanceProfilesForRolePaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListInstanceProfilesForRoleOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListInstanceProfilesForRole page.

type ListInstanceProfilesForRolePaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListInstanceProfilesForRolePaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListInstanceProfilesForRolePaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListInstanceProfilesForRole

type ListInstanceProfilesInput 

type ListInstanceProfilesInput struct {

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32

	// The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix
	// /application_abc/component_xyz/ gets all instance profiles whose path starts
	// with /application_abc/component_xyz/. This parameter is optional. If it is not
	// included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all instance profiles. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a
	// string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain
	// any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F),
	// including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	PathPrefix *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListInstanceProfilesOutput 

type ListInstanceProfilesOutput struct {

	// A list of instance profiles.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceProfiles []types.InstanceProfile

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListInstanceProfiles request.

type ListInstanceProfilesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListInstanceProfilesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListInstanceProfilesPaginator is a paginator for ListInstanceProfiles

func NewListInstanceProfilesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListInstanceProfilesPaginator(client ListInstanceProfilesAPIClient, params *ListInstanceProfilesInput, optFns ...func(*ListInstanceProfilesPaginatorOptions)) *ListInstanceProfilesPaginator

NewListInstanceProfilesPaginator returns a new ListInstanceProfilesPaginator

func (*ListInstanceProfilesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListInstanceProfilesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListInstanceProfilesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListInstanceProfilesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListInstanceProfilesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListInstanceProfiles page.

type ListInstanceProfilesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListInstanceProfilesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListInstanceProfilesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListInstanceProfiles

type ListMFADeviceTagsInput added in v1.2.0 

type ListMFADeviceTagsInput struct {

	// The unique identifier for the IAM virtual MFA device whose tags you want to see.
	// For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	SerialNumber *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListMFADeviceTagsOutput added in v1.2.0 

type ListMFADeviceTagsOutput struct {

	// The list of tags that are currently attached to the virtual MFA device. Each tag
	// consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the
	// specified resource, the response contains an empty list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListMFADevicesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListMFADevicesAPIClient interface {
	ListMFADevices(context.Context, *ListMFADevicesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListMFADevicesOutput, error)
}

ListMFADevicesAPIClient is a client that implements the ListMFADevices operation.

type ListMFADevicesInput 

type ListMFADevicesInput struct {

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32

	// The name of the user whose MFA devices you want to list. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListMFADevicesOutput 

type ListMFADevicesOutput struct {

	// A list of MFA devices.
	//
	// This member is required.
	MFADevices []types.MFADevice

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListMFADevices request.

type ListMFADevicesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListMFADevicesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListMFADevicesPaginator is a paginator for ListMFADevices

func NewListMFADevicesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListMFADevicesPaginator(client ListMFADevicesAPIClient, params *ListMFADevicesInput, optFns ...func(*ListMFADevicesPaginatorOptions)) *ListMFADevicesPaginator

NewListMFADevicesPaginator returns a new ListMFADevicesPaginator

func (*ListMFADevicesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListMFADevicesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListMFADevicesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListMFADevicesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListMFADevicesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListMFADevices page.

type ListMFADevicesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListMFADevicesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListMFADevicesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListMFADevices

type ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput added in v1.2.0 

type ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsInput struct {

	// The ARN of the OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider whose tags you want to
	// see. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput added in v1.2.0 

type ListOpenIDConnectProviderTagsOutput struct {

	// The list of tags that are currently attached to the OpenID Connect (OIDC)
	// identity provider. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If
	// no tags are attached to the specified resource, the response contains an empty
	// list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListOpenIDConnectProvidersInput 

type ListOpenIDConnectProvidersInput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListOpenIDConnectProvidersOutput 

type ListOpenIDConnectProvidersOutput struct {

	// The list of IAM OIDC provider resource objects defined in the Amazon Web
	// Services account.
	OpenIDConnectProviderList []types.OpenIDConnectProviderListEntry

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListOpenIDConnectProviders request.

type ListPoliciesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListPoliciesAPIClient interface {
	ListPolicies(context.Context, *ListPoliciesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListPoliciesOutput, error)
}

ListPoliciesAPIClient is a client that implements the ListPolicies operation.

type ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessInput 

type ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessInput struct {

	// The ARN of the IAM identity (user, group, or role) whose policies you want to
	// list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Arn *string

	// The service namespace for the Amazon Web Services services whose policies you
	// want to list. To learn the service namespace for a service, see Actions,
	// resources, and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/service-authorization/latest/reference/reference_policies_actions-resources-contextkeys.html)
	// in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that
	// service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, (service
	// prefix: a4b). For more information about service namespaces, see Amazon Web
	// Services service namespaces
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#genref-aws-service-namespaces)
	// in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServiceNamespaces []string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessOutput 

type ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessOutput struct {

	// A ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccess object that contains details about the
	// permissions policies attached to the specified identity (user, group, or role).
	//
	// This member is required.
	PoliciesGrantingServiceAccess []types.ListPoliciesGrantingServiceAccessEntry

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. We recommend that you check
	// IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListPoliciesInput 

type ListPoliciesInput struct {

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32

	// A flag to filter the results to only the attached policies. When OnlyAttached is
	// true, the returned list contains only the policies that are attached to an IAM
	// user, group, or role. When OnlyAttached is false, or when the parameter is not
	// included, all policies are returned.
	OnlyAttached bool

	// The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is
	// not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that
	// must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII
	// character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most
	// punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	PathPrefix *string

	// The policy usage method to use for filtering the results. To list only
	// permissions policies, set PolicyUsageFilter to PermissionsPolicy. To list only
	// the policies used to set permissions boundaries, set the value to
	// PermissionsBoundary. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all
	// policies are returned.
	PolicyUsageFilter types.PolicyUsageType

	// The scope to use for filtering the results. To list only Amazon Web Services
	// managed policies, set Scope to AWS. To list only the customer managed policies
	// in your Amazon Web Services account, set Scope to Local. This parameter is
	// optional. If it is not included, or if it is set to All, all policies are
	// returned.
	Scope types.PolicyScopeType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListPoliciesOutput 

type ListPoliciesOutput struct {

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// A list of policies.
	Policies []types.Policy

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListPolicies request.

type ListPoliciesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListPoliciesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListPoliciesPaginator is a paginator for ListPolicies

func NewListPoliciesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListPoliciesPaginator(client ListPoliciesAPIClient, params *ListPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*ListPoliciesPaginatorOptions)) *ListPoliciesPaginator

NewListPoliciesPaginator returns a new ListPoliciesPaginator

func (*ListPoliciesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListPoliciesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListPoliciesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListPoliciesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListPoliciesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListPolicies page.

type ListPoliciesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListPoliciesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListPoliciesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListPolicies

type ListPolicyTagsInput added in v1.2.0 

type ListPolicyTagsInput struct {

	// The ARN of the IAM customer managed policy whose tags you want to see. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyArn *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListPolicyTagsOutput added in v1.2.0 

type ListPolicyTagsOutput struct {

	// The list of tags that are currently attached to the IAM customer managed policy.
	// Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached
	// to the specified resource, the response contains an empty list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListPolicyVersionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListPolicyVersionsAPIClient interface {
	ListPolicyVersions(context.Context, *ListPolicyVersionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListPolicyVersionsOutput, error)
}

ListPolicyVersionsAPIClient is a client that implements the ListPolicyVersions operation.

type ListPolicyVersionsInput 

type ListPolicyVersionsInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy for which you want the
	// versions. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyArn *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListPolicyVersionsOutput 

type ListPolicyVersionsOutput struct {

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// A list of policy versions. For more information about managed policy versions,
	// see Versioning for managed policies
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html)
	// in the IAM User Guide.
	Versions []types.PolicyVersion

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListPolicyVersions request.

type ListPolicyVersionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListPolicyVersionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListPolicyVersionsPaginator is a paginator for ListPolicyVersions

func NewListPolicyVersionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListPolicyVersionsPaginator(client ListPolicyVersionsAPIClient, params *ListPolicyVersionsInput, optFns ...func(*ListPolicyVersionsPaginatorOptions)) *ListPolicyVersionsPaginator

NewListPolicyVersionsPaginator returns a new ListPolicyVersionsPaginator

func (*ListPolicyVersionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListPolicyVersionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListPolicyVersionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListPolicyVersionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListPolicyVersionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListPolicyVersions page.

type ListPolicyVersionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListPolicyVersionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListPolicyVersionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListPolicyVersions

type ListRolePoliciesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListRolePoliciesAPIClient interface {
	ListRolePolicies(context.Context, *ListRolePoliciesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListRolePoliciesOutput, error)
}

ListRolePoliciesAPIClient is a client that implements the ListRolePolicies operation.

type ListRolePoliciesInput 

type ListRolePoliciesInput struct {

	// The name of the role to list policies for. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters
	// consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You
	// can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListRolePoliciesOutput 

type ListRolePoliciesOutput struct {

	// A list of policy names.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyNames []string

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListRolePolicies request.

type ListRolePoliciesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListRolePoliciesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListRolePoliciesPaginator is a paginator for ListRolePolicies

func NewListRolePoliciesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListRolePoliciesPaginator(client ListRolePoliciesAPIClient, params *ListRolePoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*ListRolePoliciesPaginatorOptions)) *ListRolePoliciesPaginator

NewListRolePoliciesPaginator returns a new ListRolePoliciesPaginator

func (*ListRolePoliciesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListRolePoliciesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListRolePoliciesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListRolePoliciesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListRolePoliciesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListRolePolicies page.

type ListRolePoliciesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListRolePoliciesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListRolePoliciesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListRolePolicies

type ListRoleTagsInput 

type ListRoleTagsInput struct {

	// The name of the IAM role for which you want to see the list of tags. This
	// parameter accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex))
	// a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric
	// characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters:
	// _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListRoleTagsOutput 

type ListRoleTagsOutput struct {

	// The list of tags that are currently attached to the role. Each tag consists of a
	// key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified
	// resource, the response contains an empty list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListRolesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListRolesAPIClient interface {
	ListRoles(context.Context, *ListRolesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListRolesOutput, error)
}

ListRolesAPIClient is a client that implements the ListRoles operation.

type ListRolesInput 

type ListRolesInput struct {

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32

	// The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix
	// /application_abc/component_xyz/ gets all roles whose path starts with
	// /application_abc/component_xyz/. This parameter is optional. If it is not
	// included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all roles. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that
	// must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII
	// character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most
	// punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	PathPrefix *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListRolesOutput 

type ListRolesOutput struct {

	// A list of roles.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Roles []types.Role

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListRoles request.

type ListRolesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListRolesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListRolesPaginator is a paginator for ListRoles

func NewListRolesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListRolesPaginator(client ListRolesAPIClient, params *ListRolesInput, optFns ...func(*ListRolesPaginatorOptions)) *ListRolesPaginator

NewListRolesPaginator returns a new ListRolesPaginator

func (*ListRolesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListRolesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListRolesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListRolesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListRolesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListRoles page.

type ListRolesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListRolesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListRolesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListRoles

type ListSAMLProviderTagsInput added in v1.2.0 

type ListSAMLProviderTagsInput struct {

	// The ARN of the Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider whose
	// tags you want to see. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	SAMLProviderArn *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput added in v1.2.0 

type ListSAMLProviderTagsOutput struct {

	// The list of tags that are currently attached to the Security Assertion Markup
	// Language (SAML) identity provider. Each tag consists of a key name and an
	// associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified resource, the
	// response contains an empty list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListSAMLProvidersInput 

type ListSAMLProvidersInput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListSAMLProvidersOutput 

type ListSAMLProvidersOutput struct {

	// The list of SAML provider resource objects defined in IAM for this Amazon Web
	// Services account.
	SAMLProviderList []types.SAMLProviderListEntry

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListSAMLProviders request.

type ListSSHPublicKeysAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListSSHPublicKeysAPIClient interface {
	ListSSHPublicKeys(context.Context, *ListSSHPublicKeysInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListSSHPublicKeysOutput, error)
}

ListSSHPublicKeysAPIClient is a client that implements the ListSSHPublicKeys operation.

type ListSSHPublicKeysInput 

type ListSSHPublicKeysInput struct {

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32

	// The name of the IAM user to list SSH public keys for. If none is specified, the
	// UserName field is determined implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access
	// key used to sign the request. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListSSHPublicKeysOutput 

type ListSSHPublicKeysOutput struct {

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// A list of the SSH public keys assigned to IAM user.
	SSHPublicKeys []types.SSHPublicKeyMetadata

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListSSHPublicKeys request.

type ListSSHPublicKeysPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListSSHPublicKeysPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListSSHPublicKeysPaginator is a paginator for ListSSHPublicKeys

func NewListSSHPublicKeysPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListSSHPublicKeysPaginator(client ListSSHPublicKeysAPIClient, params *ListSSHPublicKeysInput, optFns ...func(*ListSSHPublicKeysPaginatorOptions)) *ListSSHPublicKeysPaginator

NewListSSHPublicKeysPaginator returns a new ListSSHPublicKeysPaginator

func (*ListSSHPublicKeysPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListSSHPublicKeysPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListSSHPublicKeysPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListSSHPublicKeysPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListSSHPublicKeysOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListSSHPublicKeys page.

type ListSSHPublicKeysPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListSSHPublicKeysPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListSSHPublicKeysPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListSSHPublicKeys

type ListServerCertificateTagsInput added in v1.2.0 

type ListServerCertificateTagsInput struct {

	// The name of the IAM server certificate whose tags you want to see. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServerCertificateName *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListServerCertificateTagsOutput added in v1.2.0 

type ListServerCertificateTagsOutput struct {

	// The list of tags that are currently attached to the IAM server certificate. Each
	// tag consists of a key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to
	// the specified resource, the response contains an empty list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListServerCertificatesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListServerCertificatesAPIClient interface {
	ListServerCertificates(context.Context, *ListServerCertificatesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListServerCertificatesOutput, error)
}

ListServerCertificatesAPIClient is a client that implements the ListServerCertificates operation.

type ListServerCertificatesInput 

type ListServerCertificatesInput struct {

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32

	// The path prefix for filtering the results. For example: /company/servercerts
	// would get all server certificates for which the path starts with
	// /company/servercerts. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it
	// defaults to a slash (/), listing all server certificates. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that
	// must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII
	// character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most
	// punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	PathPrefix *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListServerCertificatesOutput 

type ListServerCertificatesOutput struct {

	// A list of server certificates.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServerCertificateMetadataList []types.ServerCertificateMetadata

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListServerCertificates request.

type ListServerCertificatesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListServerCertificatesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListServerCertificatesPaginator is a paginator for ListServerCertificates

func NewListServerCertificatesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListServerCertificatesPaginator(client ListServerCertificatesAPIClient, params *ListServerCertificatesInput, optFns ...func(*ListServerCertificatesPaginatorOptions)) *ListServerCertificatesPaginator

NewListServerCertificatesPaginator returns a new ListServerCertificatesPaginator

func (*ListServerCertificatesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListServerCertificatesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListServerCertificatesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListServerCertificatesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListServerCertificatesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListServerCertificates page.

type ListServerCertificatesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListServerCertificatesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListServerCertificatesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListServerCertificates

type ListServiceSpecificCredentialsInput 

type ListServiceSpecificCredentialsInput struct {

	// Filters the returned results to only those for the specified Amazon Web Services
	// service. If not specified, then Amazon Web Services returns service-specific
	// credentials for all services.
	ServiceName *string

	// The name of the user whose service-specific credentials you want information
	// about. If this value is not specified, then the operation assumes the user whose
	// credentials are used to call the operation. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters
	// consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You
	// can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListServiceSpecificCredentialsOutput 

type ListServiceSpecificCredentialsOutput struct {

	// A list of structures that each contain details about a service-specific
	// credential.
	ServiceSpecificCredentials []types.ServiceSpecificCredentialMetadata

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListSigningCertificatesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListSigningCertificatesAPIClient interface {
	ListSigningCertificates(context.Context, *ListSigningCertificatesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListSigningCertificatesOutput, error)
}

ListSigningCertificatesAPIClient is a client that implements the ListSigningCertificates operation.

type ListSigningCertificatesInput 

type ListSigningCertificatesInput struct {

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32

	// The name of the IAM user whose signing certificates you want to examine. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListSigningCertificatesOutput 

type ListSigningCertificatesOutput struct {

	// A list of the user's signing certificate information.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Certificates []types.SigningCertificate

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListSigningCertificates request.

type ListSigningCertificatesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListSigningCertificatesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListSigningCertificatesPaginator is a paginator for ListSigningCertificates

func NewListSigningCertificatesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListSigningCertificatesPaginator(client ListSigningCertificatesAPIClient, params *ListSigningCertificatesInput, optFns ...func(*ListSigningCertificatesPaginatorOptions)) *ListSigningCertificatesPaginator

NewListSigningCertificatesPaginator returns a new ListSigningCertificatesPaginator

func (*ListSigningCertificatesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListSigningCertificatesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListSigningCertificatesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListSigningCertificatesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListSigningCertificatesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListSigningCertificates page.

type ListSigningCertificatesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListSigningCertificatesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListSigningCertificatesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListSigningCertificates

type ListUserPoliciesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListUserPoliciesAPIClient interface {
	ListUserPolicies(context.Context, *ListUserPoliciesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListUserPoliciesOutput, error)
}

ListUserPoliciesAPIClient is a client that implements the ListUserPolicies operation.

type ListUserPoliciesInput 

type ListUserPoliciesInput struct {

	// The name of the user to list policies for. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters
	// consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You
	// can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListUserPoliciesOutput 

type ListUserPoliciesOutput struct {

	// A list of policy names.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyNames []string

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListUserPolicies request.

type ListUserPoliciesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListUserPoliciesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListUserPoliciesPaginator is a paginator for ListUserPolicies

func NewListUserPoliciesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListUserPoliciesPaginator(client ListUserPoliciesAPIClient, params *ListUserPoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*ListUserPoliciesPaginatorOptions)) *ListUserPoliciesPaginator

NewListUserPoliciesPaginator returns a new ListUserPoliciesPaginator

func (*ListUserPoliciesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListUserPoliciesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListUserPoliciesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListUserPoliciesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListUserPoliciesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListUserPolicies page.

type ListUserPoliciesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListUserPoliciesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListUserPoliciesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListUserPolicies

type ListUserTagsAPIClient added in v1.5.0 

type ListUserTagsAPIClient interface {
	ListUserTags(context.Context, *ListUserTagsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListUserTagsOutput, error)
}

ListUserTagsAPIClient is a client that implements the ListUserTags operation.

type ListUserTagsInput 

type ListUserTagsInput struct {

	// The name of the IAM user whose tags you want to see. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListUserTagsOutput 

type ListUserTagsOutput struct {

	// The list of tags that are currently attached to the user. Each tag consists of a
	// key name and an associated value. If no tags are attached to the specified
	// resource, the response contains an empty list.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListUserTagsPaginator added in v1.5.0 

type ListUserTagsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListUserTagsPaginator is a paginator for ListUserTags

func NewListUserTagsPaginator added in v1.5.0 

func NewListUserTagsPaginator(client ListUserTagsAPIClient, params *ListUserTagsInput, optFns ...func(*ListUserTagsPaginatorOptions)) *ListUserTagsPaginator

NewListUserTagsPaginator returns a new ListUserTagsPaginator

func (*ListUserTagsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.5.0 

func (p *ListUserTagsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListUserTagsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.5.0 

func (p *ListUserTagsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListUserTagsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListUserTags page.

type ListUserTagsPaginatorOptions added in v1.5.0 

type ListUserTagsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListUserTagsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListUserTags

type ListUsersAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListUsersAPIClient interface {
	ListUsers(context.Context, *ListUsersInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListUsersOutput, error)
}

ListUsersAPIClient is a client that implements the ListUsers operation.

type ListUsersInput 

type ListUsersInput struct {

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32

	// The path prefix for filtering the results. For example:
	// /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/, which would get all user names whose path starts
	// with /division_abc/subdivision_xyz/. This parameter is optional. If it is not
	// included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all user names. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that
	// must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII
	// character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F), including most
	// punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	PathPrefix *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListUsersOutput 

type ListUsersOutput struct {

	// A list of users.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Users []types.User

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListUsers request.

type ListUsersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListUsersPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListUsersPaginator is a paginator for ListUsers

func NewListUsersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListUsersPaginator(client ListUsersAPIClient, params *ListUsersInput, optFns ...func(*ListUsersPaginatorOptions)) *ListUsersPaginator

NewListUsersPaginator returns a new ListUsersPaginator

func (*ListUsersPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListUsersPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListUsersPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListUsersPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListUsersOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListUsers page.

type ListUsersPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListUsersPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListUsersPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListUsers

type ListVirtualMFADevicesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListVirtualMFADevicesAPIClient interface {
	ListVirtualMFADevices(context.Context, *ListVirtualMFADevicesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListVirtualMFADevicesOutput, error)
}

ListVirtualMFADevicesAPIClient is a client that implements the ListVirtualMFADevices operation.

type ListVirtualMFADevicesInput 

type ListVirtualMFADevicesInput struct {

	// The status (Unassigned or Assigned) of the devices to list. If you do not
	// specify an AssignmentStatus, the operation defaults to Any, which lists both
	// assigned and unassigned virtual MFA devices.,
	AssignmentStatus types.AssignmentStatusType

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListVirtualMFADevicesOutput 

type ListVirtualMFADevicesOutput struct {

	// The list of virtual MFA devices in the current account that match the
	// AssignmentStatus value that was passed in the request.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VirtualMFADevices []types.VirtualMFADevice

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful ListVirtualMFADevices request.

type ListVirtualMFADevicesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListVirtualMFADevicesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListVirtualMFADevicesPaginator is a paginator for ListVirtualMFADevices

func NewListVirtualMFADevicesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListVirtualMFADevicesPaginator(client ListVirtualMFADevicesAPIClient, params *ListVirtualMFADevicesInput, optFns ...func(*ListVirtualMFADevicesPaginatorOptions)) *ListVirtualMFADevicesPaginator

NewListVirtualMFADevicesPaginator returns a new ListVirtualMFADevicesPaginator

func (*ListVirtualMFADevicesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListVirtualMFADevicesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListVirtualMFADevicesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListVirtualMFADevicesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListVirtualMFADevicesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListVirtualMFADevices page.

type ListVirtualMFADevicesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListVirtualMFADevicesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListVirtualMFADevicesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListVirtualMFADevices

type Options 

type Options struct {
	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// Configures the events that will be sent to the configured logger.
	ClientLogMode aws.ClientLogMode

	// The credentials object to use when signing requests.
	Credentials aws.CredentialsProvider

	// The configuration DefaultsMode that the SDK should use when constructing the
	// clients initial default settings.
	DefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode

	// The endpoint options to be used when attempting to resolve an endpoint.
	EndpointOptions EndpointResolverOptions

	// The service endpoint resolver.
	EndpointResolver EndpointResolver

	// Signature Version 4 (SigV4) Signer
	HTTPSignerV4 HTTPSignerV4

	// The logger writer interface to write logging messages to.
	Logger logging.Logger

	// The region to send requests to. (Required)
	Region string

	// RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call
	// an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and
	// will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify
	// per operation call's retry max attempts. When creating a new API Clients this
	// member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will
	// be ignored if Retryer is not nil. If specified in an operation call's functional
	// options with a value that is different than the constructed client's Options,
	// the Client's Retryer will be wrapped to use the operation's specific
	// RetryMaxAttempts value.
	RetryMaxAttempts int

	// RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if
	// Retryer option is not also specified. When creating a new API Clients this
	// member will only be used if the Retryer Options member is nil. This value will
	// be ignored if Retryer is not nil. Currently does not support per operation call
	// overrides, may in the future.
	RetryMode aws.RetryMode

	// Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable
	// failures. When nil the API client will use a default retryer. The kind of
	// default retry created by the API client can be changed with the RetryMode
	// option.
	Retryer aws.Retryer

	// The RuntimeEnvironment configuration, only populated if the DefaultsMode is set
	// to DefaultsModeAuto and is initialized using config.LoadDefaultConfig. You
	// should not populate this structure programmatically, or rely on the values here
	// within your applications.
	RuntimeEnvironment aws.RuntimeEnvironment

	// The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP
	// implementation if nil.
	HTTPClient HTTPClient
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (Options) Copy 

func (o Options) Copy() Options

Copy creates a clone where the APIOptions list is deep copied.

type PolicyExistsWaiter added in v1.7.0 

type PolicyExistsWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PolicyExistsWaiter defines the waiters for PolicyExists

func NewPolicyExistsWaiter added in v1.7.0 

func NewPolicyExistsWaiter(client GetPolicyAPIClient, optFns ...func(*PolicyExistsWaiterOptions)) *PolicyExistsWaiter

NewPolicyExistsWaiter constructs a PolicyExistsWaiter.

func (*PolicyExistsWaiter) Wait added in v1.7.0 

func (w *PolicyExistsWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *GetPolicyInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*PolicyExistsWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for PolicyExists waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*PolicyExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.13.0 

func (w *PolicyExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *GetPolicyInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*PolicyExistsWaiterOptions)) (*GetPolicyOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for PolicyExists waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type PolicyExistsWaiterOptions added in v1.7.0 

type PolicyExistsWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// PolicyExistsWaiter will use default minimum delay of 1 seconds. Note that
	// MinDelay must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, PolicyExistsWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note that
	// MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *GetPolicyInput, *GetPolicyOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

PolicyExistsWaiterOptions are waiter options for PolicyExistsWaiter

type PutGroupPolicyInput 

type PutGroupPolicyInput struct {

	// The name of the group to associate the policy with. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-.
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupName *string

	// The policy document. You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However,
	// for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in
	// JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format
	// before submitting it to = IAM. The regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this parameter is a string of
	// characters consisting of the following:
	//
	// * Any printable ASCII character ranging
	// from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character
	// range
	//
	// * The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement
	// character set (through \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed
	// (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyDocument *string

	// The name of the policy document. This parameter allows (through its regex
	// pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of
	// upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include
	// any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutGroupPolicyOutput 

type PutGroupPolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutRolePermissionsBoundaryInput 

type PutRolePermissionsBoundaryInput struct {

	// The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the role.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PermissionsBoundary *string

	// The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM role for which you want to set the
	// permissions boundary.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutRolePermissionsBoundaryOutput 

type PutRolePermissionsBoundaryOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutRolePolicyInput 

type PutRolePolicyInput struct {

	// The policy document. You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However,
	// for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in
	// JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format
	// before submitting it to IAM. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)
	// used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the
	// following:
	//
	// * Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character
	// (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range
	//
	// * The printable
	// characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through
	// \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage
	// return (\u000D)
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyDocument *string

	// The name of the policy document. This parameter allows (through its regex
	// pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of
	// upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include
	// any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyName *string

	// The name of the role to associate the policy with. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutRolePolicyOutput 

type PutRolePolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutUserPermissionsBoundaryInput 

type PutUserPermissionsBoundaryInput struct {

	// The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the user.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PermissionsBoundary *string

	// The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user for which you want to set the
	// permissions boundary.
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutUserPermissionsBoundaryOutput 

type PutUserPermissionsBoundaryOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutUserPolicyInput 

type PutUserPolicyInput struct {

	// The policy document. You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However,
	// for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in
	// JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format
	// before submitting it to IAM. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)
	// used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the
	// following:
	//
	// * Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character
	// (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range
	//
	// * The printable
	// characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through
	// \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage
	// return (\u000D)
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyDocument *string

	// The name of the policy document. This parameter allows (through its regex
	// pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of
	// upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include
	// any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyName *string

	// The name of the user to associate the policy with. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutUserPolicyOutput 

type PutUserPolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderInput 

type RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct {

	// The client ID (also known as audience) to remove from the IAM OIDC provider
	// resource. For more information about client IDs, see
	// CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ClientID *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OIDC provider resource to remove the
	// client ID from. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the
	// ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation. For more information about ARNs, see
	// Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderOutput 

type RemoveClientIDFromOpenIDConnectProviderOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileInput 

type RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileInput struct {

	// The name of the instance profile to update. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters
	// consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You
	// can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceProfileName *string

	// The name of the role to remove. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileOutput 

type RemoveRoleFromInstanceProfileOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RemoveUserFromGroupInput 

type RemoveUserFromGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the group to update. This parameter allows (through its regex
	// pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of
	// upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include
	// any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupName *string

	// The name of the user to remove. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RemoveUserFromGroupOutput 

type RemoveUserFromGroupOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResetServiceSpecificCredentialInput 

type ResetServiceSpecificCredentialInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the service-specific credential. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServiceSpecificCredentialId *string

	// The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential. If
	// this value is not specified, then the operation assumes the user whose
	// credentials are used to call the operation. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters
	// consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You
	// can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResetServiceSpecificCredentialOutput 

type ResetServiceSpecificCredentialOutput struct {

	// A structure with details about the updated service-specific credential,
	// including the new password. This is the only time that you can access the
	// password. You cannot recover the password later, but you can reset it again.
	ServiceSpecificCredential *types.ServiceSpecificCredential

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResolveEndpoint 

type ResolveEndpoint struct {
	Resolver EndpointResolver
	Options  EndpointResolverOptions
}

func (*ResolveEndpoint) HandleSerialize 

func (m *ResolveEndpoint) HandleSerialize(ctx context.Context, in middleware.SerializeInput, next middleware.SerializeHandler) (
	out middleware.SerializeOutput, metadata middleware.Metadata, err error,
)

func (*ResolveEndpoint) ID 

func (*ResolveEndpoint) ID() string

type ResyncMFADeviceInput 

type ResyncMFADeviceInput struct {

	// An authentication code emitted by the device. The format for this parameter is a
	// sequence of six digits.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AuthenticationCode1 *string

	// A subsequent authentication code emitted by the device. The format for this
	// parameter is a sequence of six digits.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AuthenticationCode2 *string

	// Serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	SerialNumber *string

	// The name of the user whose MFA device you want to resynchronize. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResyncMFADeviceOutput 

type ResyncMFADeviceOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RoleExistsWaiter added in v1.7.0 

type RoleExistsWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RoleExistsWaiter defines the waiters for RoleExists

func NewRoleExistsWaiter added in v1.7.0 

func NewRoleExistsWaiter(client GetRoleAPIClient, optFns ...func(*RoleExistsWaiterOptions)) *RoleExistsWaiter

NewRoleExistsWaiter constructs a RoleExistsWaiter.

func (*RoleExistsWaiter) Wait added in v1.7.0 

func (w *RoleExistsWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *GetRoleInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*RoleExistsWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for RoleExists waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*RoleExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.13.0 

func (w *RoleExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *GetRoleInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*RoleExistsWaiterOptions)) (*GetRoleOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for RoleExists waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type RoleExistsWaiterOptions added in v1.7.0 

type RoleExistsWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// RoleExistsWaiter will use default minimum delay of 1 seconds. Note that MinDelay
	// must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, RoleExistsWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note that
	// MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *GetRoleInput, *GetRoleOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

RoleExistsWaiterOptions are waiter options for RoleExistsWaiter

type SetDefaultPolicyVersionInput 

type SetDefaultPolicyVersionInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy whose default version you want
	// to set. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyArn *string

	// The version of the policy to set as the default (operative) version. For more
	// information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/policies-managed-versions.html)
	// in the IAM User Guide.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VersionId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SetDefaultPolicyVersionOutput 

type SetDefaultPolicyVersionOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SetSecurityTokenServicePreferencesInput 

type SetSecurityTokenServicePreferencesInput struct {

	// The version of the global endpoint token. Version 1 tokens are valid only in
	// Amazon Web Services Regions that are available by default. These tokens do not
	// work in manually enabled Regions, such as Asia Pacific (Hong Kong). Version 2
	// tokens are valid in all Regions. However, version 2 tokens are longer and might
	// affect systems where you temporarily store tokens. For information, see
	// Activating and deactivating STS in an Amazon Web Services Region
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html)
	// in the IAM User Guide.
	//
	// This member is required.
	GlobalEndpointTokenVersion types.GlobalEndpointTokenVersion
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SetSecurityTokenServicePreferencesOutput 

type SetSecurityTokenServicePreferencesOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SimulateCustomPolicyAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type SimulateCustomPolicyAPIClient interface {
	SimulateCustomPolicy(context.Context, *SimulateCustomPolicyInput, ...func(*Options)) (*SimulateCustomPolicyOutput, error)
}

SimulateCustomPolicyAPIClient is a client that implements the SimulateCustomPolicy operation.

type SimulateCustomPolicyInput 

type SimulateCustomPolicyInput struct {

	// A list of names of API operations to evaluate in the simulation. Each operation
	// is evaluated against each resource. Each operation must include the service
	// identifier, such as iam:CreateUser. This operation does not support using
	// wildcards (*) in an action name.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ActionNames []string

	// A list of policy documents to include in the simulation. Each document is
	// specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of an IAM policy.
	// Do not include any resource-based policies in this parameter. Any resource-based
	// policy must be submitted with the ResourcePolicy parameter. The policies cannot
	// be "scope-down" policies, such as you could include in a call to
	// GetFederationToken
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_GetFederationToken.html)
	// or one of the AssumeRole
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/APIReference/API_AssumeRole.html) API
	// operations. In other words, do not use policies designed to restrict what a user
	// can do while using the temporary credentials. The maximum length of the policy
	// document that you can pass in this operation, including whitespace, is listed
	// below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed policy with no
	// whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length).
	// The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this
	// parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:
	//
	// * Any
	// printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the
	// end of the ASCII character range
	//
	// * The printable characters in the Basic Latin
	// and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters
	// tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyInputList []string

	// The ARN of the IAM user that you want to use as the simulated caller of the API
	// operations. CallerArn is required if you include a ResourcePolicy so that the
	// policy's Principal element has a value to use in evaluating the policy. You can
	// specify only the ARN of an IAM user. You cannot specify the ARN of an assumed
	// role, federated user, or a service principal.
	CallerArn *string

	// A list of context keys and corresponding values for the simulation to use.
	// Whenever a context key is evaluated in one of the simulated IAM permissions
	// policies, the corresponding value is supplied.
	ContextEntries []types.ContextEntry

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32

	// The IAM permissions boundary policy to simulate. The permissions boundary sets
	// the maximum permissions that an IAM entity can have. You can input only one
	// permissions boundary when you pass a policy to this operation. For more
	// information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM
	// entities
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html)
	// in the IAM User Guide. The policy input is specified as a string that contains
	// the complete, valid JSON text of a permissions boundary policy. The maximum
	// length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, including
	// whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed
	// policy with no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length).
	// The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this
	// parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:
	//
	// * Any
	// printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the
	// end of the ASCII character range
	//
	// * The printable characters in the Basic Latin
	// and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters
	// tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
	PermissionsBoundaryPolicyInputList []string

	// A list of ARNs of Amazon Web Services resources to include in the simulation. If
	// this parameter is not provided, then the value defaults to * (all resources).
	// Each API in the ActionNames parameter is evaluated for each resource in this
	// list. The simulation determines the access result (allowed or denied) of each
	// combination and reports it in the response. You can simulate resources that
	// don't exist in your account. The simulation does not automatically retrieve
	// policies for the specified resources. If you want to include a resource policy
	// in the simulation, then you must include the policy as a string in the
	// ResourcePolicy parameter. If you include a ResourcePolicy, then it must be
	// applicable to all of the resources included in the simulation or you receive an
	// invalid input error. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names
	// (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	ResourceArns []string

	// Specifies the type of simulation to run. Different API operations that support
	// resource-based policies require different combinations of resources. By
	// specifying the type of simulation to run, you enable the policy simulator to
	// enforce the presence of the required resources to ensure reliable simulation
	// results. If your simulation does not match one of the following scenarios, then
	// you can omit this parameter. The following list shows each of the supported
	// scenario values and the resources that you must define to run the simulation.
	// Each of the EC2 scenarios requires that you specify instance, image, and
	// security-group resources. If your scenario includes an EBS volume, then you must
	// specify that volume as a resource. If the EC2 scenario includes VPC, then you
	// must supply the network-interface resource. If it includes an IP subnet, then
	// you must specify the subnet resource. For more information on the EC2 scenario
	// options, see Supported platforms
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-supported-platforms.html)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
	//
	// * EC2-Classic-InstanceStore instance, image,
	// security-group
	//
	// * EC2-Classic-EBS instance, image, security-group, volume
	//
	// *
	// EC2-VPC-InstanceStore instance, image, security-group, network-interface
	//
	// *
	// EC2-VPC-InstanceStore-Subnet instance, image, security-group, network-interface,
	// subnet
	//
	// * EC2-VPC-EBS instance, image, security-group, network-interface,
	// volume
	//
	// * EC2-VPC-EBS-Subnet instance, image, security-group, network-interface,
	// subnet, volume
	ResourceHandlingOption *string

	// An ARN representing the Amazon Web Services account ID that specifies the owner
	// of any simulated resource that does not identify its owner in the resource ARN.
	// Examples of resource ARNs include an S3 bucket or object. If ResourceOwner is
	// specified, it is also used as the account owner of any ResourcePolicy included
	// in the simulation. If the ResourceOwner parameter is not specified, then the
	// owner of the resources and the resource policy defaults to the account of the
	// identity provided in CallerArn. This parameter is required only if you specify a
	// resource-based policy and account that owns the resource is different from the
	// account that owns the simulated calling user CallerArn. The ARN for an account
	// uses the following syntax: arn:aws:iam::AWS-account-ID:root. For example, to
	// represent the account with the 112233445566 ID, use the following ARN:
	// arn:aws:iam::112233445566-ID:root.
	ResourceOwner *string

	// A resource-based policy to include in the simulation provided as a string. Each
	// resource in the simulation is treated as if it had this policy attached. You can
	// include only one resource-based policy in a simulation. The maximum length of
	// the policy document that you can pass in this operation, including whitespace,
	// is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed policy with
	// no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length).
	// The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this
	// parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:
	//
	// * Any
	// printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the
	// end of the ASCII character range
	//
	// * The printable characters in the Basic Latin
	// and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters
	// tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
	ResourcePolicy *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SimulateCustomPolicyOutput 

type SimulateCustomPolicyOutput struct {

	// The results of the simulation.
	EvaluationResults []types.EvaluationResult

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful SimulatePrincipalPolicy or SimulateCustomPolicy request.

type SimulateCustomPolicyPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type SimulateCustomPolicyPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SimulateCustomPolicyPaginator is a paginator for SimulateCustomPolicy

func NewSimulateCustomPolicyPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewSimulateCustomPolicyPaginator(client SimulateCustomPolicyAPIClient, params *SimulateCustomPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*SimulateCustomPolicyPaginatorOptions)) *SimulateCustomPolicyPaginator

NewSimulateCustomPolicyPaginator returns a new SimulateCustomPolicyPaginator

func (*SimulateCustomPolicyPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *SimulateCustomPolicyPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*SimulateCustomPolicyPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *SimulateCustomPolicyPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SimulateCustomPolicyOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next SimulateCustomPolicy page.

type SimulateCustomPolicyPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type SimulateCustomPolicyPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

SimulateCustomPolicyPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for SimulateCustomPolicy

type SimulatePrincipalPolicyAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type SimulatePrincipalPolicyAPIClient interface {
	SimulatePrincipalPolicy(context.Context, *SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput, ...func(*Options)) (*SimulatePrincipalPolicyOutput, error)
}

SimulatePrincipalPolicyAPIClient is a client that implements the SimulatePrincipalPolicy operation.

type SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput 

type SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput struct {

	// A list of names of API operations to evaluate in the simulation. Each operation
	// is evaluated for each resource. Each operation must include the service
	// identifier, such as iam:CreateUser.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ActionNames []string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a user, group, or role whose policies you want
	// to include in the simulation. If you specify a user, group, or role, the
	// simulation includes all policies that are associated with that entity. If you
	// specify a user, the simulation also includes all policies that are attached to
	// any groups the user belongs to. The maximum length of the policy document that
	// you can pass in this operation, including whitespace, is listed below. To view
	// the maximum character counts of a managed policy with no whitespaces, see IAM
	// and STS character quotas
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length).
	// For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicySourceArn *string

	// The ARN of the IAM user that you want to specify as the simulated caller of the
	// API operations. If you do not specify a CallerArn, it defaults to the ARN of the
	// user that you specify in PolicySourceArn, if you specified a user. If you
	// include both a PolicySourceArn (for example,
	// arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/David) and a CallerArn (for example,
	// arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Bob), the result is that you simulate calling the
	// API operations as Bob, as if Bob had David's policies. You can specify only the
	// ARN of an IAM user. You cannot specify the ARN of an assumed role, federated
	// user, or a service principal. CallerArn is required if you include a
	// ResourcePolicy and the PolicySourceArn is not the ARN for an IAM user. This is
	// required so that the resource-based policy's Principal element has a value to
	// use in evaluating the policy. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon
	// Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	CallerArn *string

	// A list of context keys and corresponding values for the simulation to use.
	// Whenever a context key is evaluated in one of the simulated IAM permissions
	// policies, the corresponding value is supplied.
	ContextEntries []types.ContextEntry

	// Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a
	// response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the
	// Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call
	// should start.
	Marker *string

	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	MaxItems *int32

	// The IAM permissions boundary policy to simulate. The permissions boundary sets
	// the maximum permissions that the entity can have. You can input only one
	// permissions boundary when you pass a policy to this operation. An IAM entity can
	// only have one permissions boundary in effect at a time. For example, if a
	// permissions boundary is attached to an entity and you pass in a different
	// permissions boundary policy using this parameter, then the new permissions
	// boundary policy is used for the simulation. For more information about
	// permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM entities
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_boundaries.html)
	// in the IAM User Guide. The policy input is specified as a string containing the
	// complete, valid JSON text of a permissions boundary policy. The maximum length
	// of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, including
	// whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed
	// policy with no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length).
	// The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this
	// parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:
	//
	// * Any
	// printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the
	// end of the ASCII character range
	//
	// * The printable characters in the Basic Latin
	// and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters
	// tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
	PermissionsBoundaryPolicyInputList []string

	// An optional list of additional policy documents to include in the simulation.
	// Each document is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text
	// of an IAM policy. The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to
	// validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the
	// following:
	//
	// * Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character
	// (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character range
	//
	// * The printable
	// characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through
	// \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage
	// return (\u000D)
	PolicyInputList []string

	// A list of ARNs of Amazon Web Services resources to include in the simulation. If
	// this parameter is not provided, then the value defaults to * (all resources).
	// Each API in the ActionNames parameter is evaluated for each resource in this
	// list. The simulation determines the access result (allowed or denied) of each
	// combination and reports it in the response. You can simulate resources that
	// don't exist in your account. The simulation does not automatically retrieve
	// policies for the specified resources. If you want to include a resource policy
	// in the simulation, then you must include the policy as a string in the
	// ResourcePolicy parameter. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource
	// Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	ResourceArns []string

	// Specifies the type of simulation to run. Different API operations that support
	// resource-based policies require different combinations of resources. By
	// specifying the type of simulation to run, you enable the policy simulator to
	// enforce the presence of the required resources to ensure reliable simulation
	// results. If your simulation does not match one of the following scenarios, then
	// you can omit this parameter. The following list shows each of the supported
	// scenario values and the resources that you must define to run the simulation.
	// Each of the EC2 scenarios requires that you specify instance, image, and
	// security group resources. If your scenario includes an EBS volume, then you must
	// specify that volume as a resource. If the EC2 scenario includes VPC, then you
	// must supply the network interface resource. If it includes an IP subnet, then
	// you must specify the subnet resource. For more information on the EC2 scenario
	// options, see Supported platforms
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-supported-platforms.html)
	// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
	//
	// * EC2-Classic-InstanceStore instance, image,
	// security group
	//
	// * EC2-Classic-EBS instance, image, security group, volume
	//
	// *
	// EC2-VPC-InstanceStore instance, image, security group, network interface
	//
	// *
	// EC2-VPC-InstanceStore-Subnet instance, image, security group, network interface,
	// subnet
	//
	// * EC2-VPC-EBS instance, image, security group, network interface,
	// volume
	//
	// * EC2-VPC-EBS-Subnet instance, image, security group, network interface,
	// subnet, volume
	ResourceHandlingOption *string

	// An Amazon Web Services account ID that specifies the owner of any simulated
	// resource that does not identify its owner in the resource ARN. Examples of
	// resource ARNs include an S3 bucket or object. If ResourceOwner is specified, it
	// is also used as the account owner of any ResourcePolicy included in the
	// simulation. If the ResourceOwner parameter is not specified, then the owner of
	// the resources and the resource policy defaults to the account of the identity
	// provided in CallerArn. This parameter is required only if you specify a
	// resource-based policy and account that owns the resource is different from the
	// account that owns the simulated calling user CallerArn.
	ResourceOwner *string

	// A resource-based policy to include in the simulation provided as a string. Each
	// resource in the simulation is treated as if it had this policy attached. You can
	// include only one resource-based policy in a simulation. The maximum length of
	// the policy document that you can pass in this operation, including whitespace,
	// is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed policy with
	// no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-quotas.html#reference_iam-quotas-entity-length).
	// The regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this
	// parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:
	//
	// * Any
	// printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the
	// end of the ASCII character range
	//
	// * The printable characters in the Basic Latin
	// and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters
	// tab (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
	ResourcePolicy *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SimulatePrincipalPolicyOutput 

type SimulatePrincipalPolicyOutput struct {

	// The results of the simulation.
	EvaluationResults []types.EvaluationResult

	// A flag that indicates whether there are more items to return. If your results
	// were truncated, you can make a subsequent pagination request using the Marker
	// request parameter to retrieve more items. Note that IAM might return fewer than
	// the MaxItems number of results even when there are more results available. We
	// recommend that you check IsTruncated after every call to ensure that you receive
	// all your results.
	IsTruncated bool

	// When IsTruncated is true, this element is present and contains the value to use
	// for the Marker parameter in a subsequent pagination request.
	Marker *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful SimulatePrincipalPolicy or SimulateCustomPolicy request.

type SimulatePrincipalPolicyPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type SimulatePrincipalPolicyPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SimulatePrincipalPolicyPaginator is a paginator for SimulatePrincipalPolicy

func NewSimulatePrincipalPolicyPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewSimulatePrincipalPolicyPaginator(client SimulatePrincipalPolicyAPIClient, params *SimulatePrincipalPolicyInput, optFns ...func(*SimulatePrincipalPolicyPaginatorOptions)) *SimulatePrincipalPolicyPaginator

NewSimulatePrincipalPolicyPaginator returns a new SimulatePrincipalPolicyPaginator

func (*SimulatePrincipalPolicyPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *SimulatePrincipalPolicyPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*SimulatePrincipalPolicyPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *SimulatePrincipalPolicyPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SimulatePrincipalPolicyOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next SimulatePrincipalPolicy page.

type SimulatePrincipalPolicyPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type SimulatePrincipalPolicyPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items
	// you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you
	// specify, the IsTruncated response element is true. If you do not include this
	// parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer
	// results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the
	// IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to
	// include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

SimulatePrincipalPolicyPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for SimulatePrincipalPolicy

type TagInstanceProfileInput added in v1.2.0 

type TagInstanceProfileInput struct {

	// The name of the IAM instance profile to which you want to add tags. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceProfileName *string

	// The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM instance profile. Each tag
	// consists of a key name and an associated value.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TagInstanceProfileOutput added in v1.2.0 

type TagInstanceProfileOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TagMFADeviceInput added in v1.2.0 

type TagMFADeviceInput struct {

	// The unique identifier for the IAM virtual MFA device to which you want to add
	// tags. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	SerialNumber *string

	// The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM virtual MFA device. Each tag
	// consists of a key name and an associated value.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TagMFADeviceOutput added in v1.2.0 

type TagMFADeviceOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput added in v1.2.0 

type TagOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct {

	// The ARN of the OIDC identity provider in IAM to which you want to add tags. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string

	// The list of tags that you want to attach to the OIDC identity provider in IAM.
	// Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput added in v1.2.0 

type TagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TagPolicyInput added in v1.2.0 

type TagPolicyInput struct {

	// The ARN of the IAM customer managed policy to which you want to add tags. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyArn *string

	// The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM customer managed policy.
	// Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TagPolicyOutput added in v1.2.0 

type TagPolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TagRoleInput 

type TagRoleInput struct {

	// The name of the IAM role to which you want to add tags. This parameter accepts
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string

	// The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM role. Each tag consists of a
	// key name and an associated value.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TagRoleOutput 

type TagRoleOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TagSAMLProviderInput added in v1.2.0 

type TagSAMLProviderInput struct {

	// The ARN of the SAML identity provider in IAM to which you want to add tags. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	SAMLProviderArn *string

	// The list of tags that you want to attach to the SAML identity provider in IAM.
	// Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TagSAMLProviderOutput added in v1.2.0 

type TagSAMLProviderOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TagServerCertificateInput added in v1.2.0 

type TagServerCertificateInput struct {

	// The name of the IAM server certificate to which you want to add tags. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServerCertificateName *string

	// The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM server certificate. Each tag
	// consists of a key name and an associated value.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TagServerCertificateOutput added in v1.2.0 

type TagServerCertificateOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TagUserInput 

type TagUserInput struct {

	// The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM user. Each tag consists of a
	// key name and an associated value.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// The name of the IAM user to which you want to add tags. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TagUserOutput 

type TagUserOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagInstanceProfileInput added in v1.2.0 

type UntagInstanceProfileInput struct {

	// The name of the IAM instance profile from which you want to remove tags. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	InstanceProfileName *string

	// A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys
	// are removed from the specified instance profile.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TagKeys []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagInstanceProfileOutput added in v1.2.0 

type UntagInstanceProfileOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagMFADeviceInput added in v1.2.0 

type UntagMFADeviceInput struct {

	// The unique identifier for the IAM virtual MFA device from which you want to
	// remove tags. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN.
	// This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	SerialNumber *string

	// A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys
	// are removed from the specified instance profile.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TagKeys []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagMFADeviceOutput added in v1.2.0 

type UntagMFADeviceOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput added in v1.2.0 

type UntagOpenIDConnectProviderInput struct {

	// The ARN of the OIDC provider in IAM from which you want to remove tags. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string

	// A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys
	// are removed from the specified OIDC provider.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TagKeys []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput added in v1.2.0 

type UntagOpenIDConnectProviderOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagPolicyInput added in v1.2.0 

type UntagPolicyInput struct {

	// The ARN of the IAM customer managed policy from which you want to remove tags.
	// This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyArn *string

	// A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys
	// are removed from the specified policy.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TagKeys []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagPolicyOutput added in v1.2.0 

type UntagPolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagRoleInput 

type UntagRoleInput struct {

	// The name of the IAM role from which you want to remove tags. This parameter
	// accepts (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string
	// of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with
	// no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string

	// A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys
	// are removed from the specified role.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TagKeys []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagRoleOutput 

type UntagRoleOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagSAMLProviderInput added in v1.2.0 

type UntagSAMLProviderInput struct {

	// The ARN of the SAML identity provider in IAM from which you want to remove tags.
	// This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	SAMLProviderArn *string

	// A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys
	// are removed from the specified SAML identity provider.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TagKeys []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagSAMLProviderOutput added in v1.2.0 

type UntagSAMLProviderOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagServerCertificateInput added in v1.2.0 

type UntagServerCertificateInput struct {

	// The name of the IAM server certificate from which you want to remove tags. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters
	// with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServerCertificateName *string

	// A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys
	// are removed from the specified IAM server certificate.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TagKeys []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagServerCertificateOutput added in v1.2.0 

type UntagServerCertificateOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagUserInput 

type UntagUserInput struct {

	// A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys
	// are removed from the specified user.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TagKeys []string

	// The name of the IAM user from which you want to remove tags. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagUserOutput 

type UntagUserOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateAccessKeyInput 

type UpdateAccessKeyInput struct {

	// The access key ID of the secret access key you want to update. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
	//
	// This member is required.
	AccessKeyId *string

	// The status you want to assign to the secret access key. Active means that the
	// key can be used for programmatic calls to Amazon Web Services, while Inactive
	// means that the key cannot be used.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Status types.StatusType

	// The name of the user whose key you want to update. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateAccessKeyOutput 

type UpdateAccessKeyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyInput 

type UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyInput struct {

	// Allows all IAM users in your account to use the Amazon Web Services Management
	// Console to change their own passwords. For more information, see Permitting IAM
	// users to change their own passwords
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_passwords_enable-user-change.html)
	// in the IAM User Guide. If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then
	// the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that IAM users in
	// the account do not automatically have permissions to change their own password.
	AllowUsersToChangePassword bool

	// Prevents IAM users who are accessing the account via the Amazon Web Services
	// Management Console from setting a new console password after their password has
	// expired. The IAM user cannot access the console until an administrator resets
	// the password. If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the
	// operation uses the default value of false. The result is that IAM users can
	// change their passwords after they expire and continue to sign in as the user. In
	// the Amazon Web Services Management Console, the custom password policy option
	// Allow users to change their own password gives IAM users permissions to
	// iam:ChangePassword for only their user and to the iam:GetAccountPasswordPolicy
	// action. This option does not attach a permissions policy to each user, rather
	// the permissions are applied at the account-level for all users by IAM. IAM users
	// with iam:ChangePassword permission and active access keys can reset their own
	// expired console password using the CLI or API.
	HardExpiry *bool

	// The number of days that an IAM user password is valid. If you do not specify a
	// value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of 0. The
	// result is that IAM user passwords never expire.
	MaxPasswordAge *int32

	// The minimum number of characters allowed in an IAM user password. If you do not
	// specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of
	// 6.
	MinimumPasswordLength *int32

	// Specifies the number of previous passwords that IAM users are prevented from
	// reusing. If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation
	// uses the default value of 0. The result is that IAM users are not prevented from
	// reusing previous passwords.
	PasswordReusePrevention *int32

	// Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one lowercase
	// character from the ISO basic Latin alphabet (a to z). If you do not specify a
	// value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false.
	// The result is that passwords do not require at least one lowercase character.
	RequireLowercaseCharacters bool

	// Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one numeric character
	// (0 to 9). If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation
	// uses the default value of false. The result is that passwords do not require at
	// least one numeric character.
	RequireNumbers bool

	// Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one of the following
	// non-alphanumeric characters: ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) _ + - = [ ] { } | ' If you do
	// not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default
	// value of false. The result is that passwords do not require at least one symbol
	// character.
	RequireSymbols bool

	// Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one uppercase
	// character from the ISO basic Latin alphabet (A to Z). If you do not specify a
	// value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false.
	// The result is that passwords do not require at least one uppercase character.
	RequireUppercaseCharacters bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyOutput 

type UpdateAccountPasswordPolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateAssumeRolePolicyInput 

type UpdateAssumeRolePolicyInput struct {

	// The policy that grants an entity permission to assume the role. You must provide
	// policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for CloudFormation templates formatted
	// in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation
	// always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM. The
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this parameter
	// is a string of characters consisting of the following:
	//
	// * Any printable ASCII
	// character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII
	// character range
	//
	// * The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1
	// Supplement character set (through \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters tab
	// (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyDocument *string

	// The name of the role to update with the new policy. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateAssumeRolePolicyOutput 

type UpdateAssumeRolePolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateGroupInput 

type UpdateGroupInput struct {

	// Name of the IAM group to update. If you're changing the name of the group, this
	// is the original name. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	GroupName *string

	// New name for the IAM group. Only include this if changing the group's name. IAM
	// user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. Names are
	// not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources named both
	// "MyResource" and "myresource".
	NewGroupName *string

	// New path for the IAM group. Only include this if changing the group's path. This
	// parameter allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a
	// string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a
	// string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain
	// any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021) through the DEL character (\u007F),
	// including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	NewPath *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateGroupOutput 

type UpdateGroupOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateLoginProfileInput 

type UpdateLoginProfileInput struct {

	// The name of the user whose password you want to update. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string

	// The new password for the specified IAM user. The regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this parameter is a string of
	// characters consisting of the following:
	//
	// * Any printable ASCII character ranging
	// from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character
	// range
	//
	// * The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement
	// character set (through \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed
	// (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
	//
	// However, the format can be further
	// restricted by the account administrator by setting a password policy on the
	// Amazon Web Services account. For more information, see
	// UpdateAccountPasswordPolicy.
	Password *string

	// Allows this new password to be used only once by requiring the specified IAM
	// user to set a new password on next sign-in.
	PasswordResetRequired *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateLoginProfileOutput 

type UpdateLoginProfileOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintInput 

type UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OIDC provider resource object for
	// which you want to update the thumbprint. You can get a list of OIDC provider
	// ARNs by using the ListOpenIDConnectProviders operation. For more information
	// about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	OpenIDConnectProviderArn *string

	// A list of certificate thumbprints that are associated with the specified IAM
	// OpenID Connect provider. For more information, see CreateOpenIDConnectProvider.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ThumbprintList []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintOutput 

type UpdateOpenIDConnectProviderThumbprintOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateRoleDescriptionInput 

type UpdateRoleDescriptionInput struct {

	// The new description that you want to apply to the specified role.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Description *string

	// The name of the role that you want to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateRoleDescriptionOutput 

type UpdateRoleDescriptionOutput struct {

	// A structure that contains details about the modified role.
	Role *types.Role

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateRoleInput 

type UpdateRoleInput struct {

	// The name of the role that you want to modify.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleName *string

	// The new description that you want to apply to the specified role.
	Description *string

	// The maximum session duration (in seconds) that you want to set for the specified
	// role. If you do not specify a value for this setting, the default maximum of one
	// hour is applied. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours. Anyone
	// who assumes the role from the CLI or API can use the DurationSeconds API
	// parameter or the duration-seconds CLI parameter to request a longer session. The
	// MaxSessionDuration setting determines the maximum duration that can be requested
	// using the DurationSeconds parameter. If users don't specify a value for the
	// DurationSeconds parameter, their security credentials are valid for one hour by
	// default. This applies when you use the AssumeRole* API operations or the
	// assume-role* CLI operations but does not apply when you use those operations to
	// create a console URL. For more information, see Using IAM roles
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html) in the IAM
	// User Guide.
	MaxSessionDuration *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateRoleOutput 

type UpdateRoleOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateSAMLProviderInput 

type UpdateSAMLProviderInput struct {

	// An XML document generated by an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0.
	// The document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that
	// can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that are
	// received from the IdP. You must generate the metadata document using the
	// identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SAMLMetadataDocument *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider to update. For more
	// information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) in
	// the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SAMLProviderArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateSAMLProviderOutput 

type UpdateSAMLProviderOutput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider that was updated.
	SAMLProviderArn *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful UpdateSAMLProvider request.

type UpdateSSHPublicKeyInput 

type UpdateSSHPublicKeyInput struct {

	// The unique identifier for the SSH public key. This parameter allows (through its
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters that can
	// consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SSHPublicKeyId *string

	// The status to assign to the SSH public key. Active means that the key can be
	// used for authentication with an CodeCommit repository. Inactive means that the
	// key cannot be used.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Status types.StatusType

	// The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateSSHPublicKeyOutput 

type UpdateSSHPublicKeyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateServerCertificateInput 

type UpdateServerCertificateInput struct {

	// The name of the server certificate that you want to update. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServerCertificateName *string

	// The new path for the server certificate. Include this only if you are updating
	// the server certificate's path. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of either a
	// forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward
	// slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021)
	// through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters,
	// digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	NewPath *string

	// The new name for the server certificate. Include this only if you are updating
	// the server certificate's name. The name of the certificate cannot contain any
	// spaces. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	NewServerCertificateName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateServerCertificateOutput 

type UpdateServerCertificateOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateServiceSpecificCredentialInput 

type UpdateServiceSpecificCredentialInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the service-specific credential. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServiceSpecificCredentialId *string

	// The status to be assigned to the service-specific credential.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Status types.StatusType

	// The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential. If you
	// do not specify this value, then the operation assumes the user whose credentials
	// are used to call the operation. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateServiceSpecificCredentialOutput 

type UpdateServiceSpecificCredentialOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateSigningCertificateInput 

type UpdateSigningCertificateInput struct {

	// The ID of the signing certificate you want to update. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CertificateId *string

	// The status you want to assign to the certificate. Active means that the
	// certificate can be used for programmatic calls to Amazon Web Services Inactive
	// means that the certificate cannot be used.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Status types.StatusType

	// The name of the IAM user the signing certificate belongs to. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateSigningCertificateOutput 

type UpdateSigningCertificateOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateUserInput 

type UpdateUserInput struct {

	// Name of the user to update. If you're changing the name of the user, this is the
	// original user name. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of upper
	// and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any
	// of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string

	// New path for the IAM user. Include this parameter only if you're changing the
	// user's path. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of either a
	// forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward
	// slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021)
	// through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters,
	// digits, and upper and lowercased letters.
	NewPath *string

	// New name for the user. Include this parameter only if you're changing the user's
	// name. IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account.
	// Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources
	// named both "MyResource" and "myresource".
	NewUserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateUserOutput 

type UpdateUserOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UploadSSHPublicKeyInput 

type UploadSSHPublicKeyInput struct {

	// The SSH public key. The public key must be encoded in ssh-rsa format or PEM
	// format. The minimum bit-length of the public key is 2048 bits. For example, you
	// can generate a 2048-bit key, and the resulting PEM file is 1679 bytes long. The
	// regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this parameter
	// is a string of characters consisting of the following:
	//
	// * Any printable ASCII
	// character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII
	// character range
	//
	// * The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1
	// Supplement character set (through \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters tab
	// (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
	//
	// This member is required.
	SSHPublicKeyBody *string

	// The name of the IAM user to associate the SSH public key with. This parameter
	// allows (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UploadSSHPublicKeyOutput 

type UploadSSHPublicKeyOutput struct {

	// Contains information about the SSH public key.
	SSHPublicKey *types.SSHPublicKey

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful UploadSSHPublicKey request.

type UploadServerCertificateInput 

type UploadServerCertificateInput struct {

	// The contents of the public key certificate in PEM-encoded format. The regex
	// pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this parameter is a
	// string of characters consisting of the following:
	//
	// * Any printable ASCII
	// character ranging from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII
	// character range
	//
	// * The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1
	// Supplement character set (through \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters tab
	// (\u0009), line feed (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
	//
	// This member is required.
	CertificateBody *string

	// The contents of the private key in PEM-encoded format. The regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this parameter is a string of
	// characters consisting of the following:
	//
	// * Any printable ASCII character ranging
	// from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character
	// range
	//
	// * The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement
	// character set (through \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed
	// (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
	//
	// This member is required.
	PrivateKey *string

	// The name for the server certificate. Do not include the path in this value. The
	// name of the certificate cannot contain any spaces. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	//
	// This member is required.
	ServerCertificateName *string

	// The contents of the certificate chain. This is typically a concatenation of the
	// PEM-encoded public key certificates of the chain. The regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this parameter is a string of
	// characters consisting of the following:
	//
	// * Any printable ASCII character ranging
	// from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character
	// range
	//
	// * The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement
	// character set (through \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed
	// (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
	CertificateChain *string

	// The path for the server certificate. For more information about paths, see IAM
	// identifiers
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/Using_Identifiers.html) in the
	// IAM User Guide. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults
	// to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of characters consisting of either a
	// forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward
	// slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (\u0021)
	// through the DEL character (\u007F), including most punctuation characters,
	// digits, and upper and lowercased letters. If you are uploading a server
	// certificate specifically for use with Amazon CloudFront distributions, you must
	// specify a path using the path parameter. The path must begin with /cloudfront
	// and must include a trailing slash (for example, /cloudfront/test/).
	Path *string

	// A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM server certificate
	// resource. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more
	// information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User
	// Guide. If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum
	// number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.
	Tags []types.Tag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UploadServerCertificateOutput 

type UploadServerCertificateOutput struct {

	// The meta information of the uploaded server certificate without its certificate
	// body, certificate chain, and private key.
	ServerCertificateMetadata *types.ServerCertificateMetadata

	// A list of tags that are attached to the new IAM server certificate. The returned
	// list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see
	// Tagging IAM resources
	// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_tags.html) in the IAM User
	// Guide.
	Tags []types.Tag

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful UploadServerCertificate request.

type UploadSigningCertificateInput 

type UploadSigningCertificateInput struct {

	// The contents of the signing certificate. The regex pattern
	// (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex) used to validate this parameter is a string of
	// characters consisting of the following:
	//
	// * Any printable ASCII character ranging
	// from the space character (\u0020) through the end of the ASCII character
	// range
	//
	// * The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement
	// character set (through \u00FF)
	//
	// * The special characters tab (\u0009), line feed
	// (\u000A), and carriage return (\u000D)
	//
	// This member is required.
	CertificateBody *string

	// The name of the user the signing certificate is for. This parameter allows
	// (through its regex pattern (http://wikipedia.org/wiki/regex)) a string of
	// characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no
	// spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
	UserName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UploadSigningCertificateOutput 

type UploadSigningCertificateOutput struct {

	// Information about the certificate.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Certificate *types.SigningCertificate

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the response to a successful UploadSigningCertificate request.

type UserExistsWaiter added in v1.7.0 

type UserExistsWaiter struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UserExistsWaiter defines the waiters for UserExists

func NewUserExistsWaiter added in v1.7.0 

func NewUserExistsWaiter(client GetUserAPIClient, optFns ...func(*UserExistsWaiterOptions)) *UserExistsWaiter

NewUserExistsWaiter constructs a UserExistsWaiter.

func (*UserExistsWaiter) Wait added in v1.7.0 

func (w *UserExistsWaiter) Wait(ctx context.Context, params *GetUserInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*UserExistsWaiterOptions)) error

Wait calls the waiter function for UserExists waiter. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

func (*UserExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput added in v1.13.0 

func (w *UserExistsWaiter) WaitForOutput(ctx context.Context, params *GetUserInput, maxWaitDur time.Duration, optFns ...func(*UserExistsWaiterOptions)) (*GetUserOutput, error)

WaitForOutput calls the waiter function for UserExists waiter and returns the output of the successful operation. The maxWaitDur is the maximum wait duration the waiter will wait. The maxWaitDur is required and must be greater than zero.

type UserExistsWaiterOptions added in v1.7.0 

type UserExistsWaiterOptions struct {

	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// MinDelay is the minimum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset,
	// UserExistsWaiter will use default minimum delay of 1 seconds. Note that MinDelay
	// must resolve to a value lesser than or equal to the MaxDelay.
	MinDelay time.Duration

	// MaxDelay is the maximum amount of time to delay between retries. If unset or set
	// to zero, UserExistsWaiter will use default max delay of 120 seconds. Note that
	// MaxDelay must resolve to value greater than or equal to the MinDelay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// LogWaitAttempts is used to enable logging for waiter retry attempts
	LogWaitAttempts bool

	// Retryable is function that can be used to override the service defined
	// waiter-behavior based on operation output, or returned error. This function is
	// used by the waiter to decide if a state is retryable or a terminal state. By
	// default service-modeled logic will populate this option. This option can thus be
	// used to define a custom waiter state with fall-back to service-modeled waiter
	// state mutators.The function returns an error in case of a failure state. In case
	// of retry state, this function returns a bool value of true and nil error, while
	// in case of success it returns a bool value of false and nil error.
	Retryable func(context.Context, *GetUserInput, *GetUserOutput, error) (bool, error)
}

UserExistsWaiterOptions are waiter options for UserExistsWaiter

Source Files

View all Source files

Directories

Path Synopsis
internal
endpoints

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.